US20160095941A1 - Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds - Google Patents
Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20160095941A1 US20160095941A1 US14/873,776 US201514873776A US2016095941A1 US 20160095941 A1 US20160095941 A1 US 20160095941A1 US 201514873776 A US201514873776 A US 201514873776A US 2016095941 A1 US2016095941 A1 US 2016095941A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- minicells
- alkyl
- compound
- fluorescent
- small molecule
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 109
- -1 small molecule compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 57
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 143
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 claims description 129
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 99
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 76
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 75
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 73
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 claims description 72
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 claims description 66
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 claims description 66
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 64
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 50
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 claims description 32
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 claims description 25
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2',7'-difluorofluorescein Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(F)C(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=C(F)C=C21 VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 18
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 17
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 210000001163 endosome Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 11
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000009295 crossflow filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940045799 anthracyclines and related substance Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960000303 topotecan Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N topotecan Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 4'-epidoxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epirubicin Natural products COc1cccc2C(=O)c3c(O)c4CC(O)(CC(OC5CC(N)C(=O)C(C)O5)c4c(O)c3C(=O)c12)C(=O)CO HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001904 epirubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- SLURUCSFDHKXFR-WWMWMSKMSA-N (7s,9s)-7-[[(1s,3r,4as,9s,9ar,10as)-9-methoxy-1-methyl-3,4,4a,6,7,9,9a,10a-octahydro-1h-pyrano[1,2][1,3]oxazolo[3,4-b][1,4]oxazin-3-yl]oxy]-6,9,11-trihydroxy-9-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-4-methoxy-8,10-dihydro-7h-tetracene-5,12-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC(OC)=C2C(=O)C(C(O)=C23)=C1C(O)=C3C[C@@](O)(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]2O[C@H]1C[C@@H]2N3CCO[C@H](OC)[C@H]3O[C@@H]2[C@H](C)O1 SLURUCSFDHKXFR-WWMWMSKMSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229950008548 bisantrene Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- NJSMWLQOCQIOPE-OCHFTUDZSA-N n-[(e)-[10-[(e)-(4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-ylhydrazinylidene)methyl]anthracen-9-yl]methylideneamino]-4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-amine Chemical compound N1CCN=C1N\N=C\C(C1=CC=CC=C11)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1\C=N\NC1=NCCN1 NJSMWLQOCQIOPE-OCHFTUDZSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004765 (C1-C4) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 59
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 56
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 56
- JMWJJMCMRRQCSY-ADONSEPTSA-N flutax-1 Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]2[C@]3(OC(C)=O)CO[C@@H]3C[C@H]([C@]2(C(=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C[C@]1(O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=1)C1=C2C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C21)C(O)=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JMWJJMCMRRQCSY-ADONSEPTSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 45
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 39
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 33
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 29
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 27
- 229910017711 NHRa Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 19
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 19
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 19
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 17
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- OREJEGKBQBIJSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridin-9-ylazanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 OREJEGKBQBIJSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 13
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 0 C.C.[1*][C@H]1C([4*])[C@H]2CC[C@@]2(O[5*])[C@@]2([H])[C@H](OC([6*])=O)[C@]3([7*])[C@@H]([8*])[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O[9*])[C@H]([10*])NC([11*])=O)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H]([2*])C(=O)[C@]12[3*])C3(C)C.[1*]c1c([4*])[C@H]2CC[C@@]2(O[5*])[C@@]2([H])[C@H](OC([6*])=O)[C@]3([7*])[C@@H]([8*])[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O[9*])[C@H]([10*])NC([11*])=O)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H]([2*])C(=O)[C@]12[3*])C3(C)C Chemical compound C.C.[1*][C@H]1C([4*])[C@H]2CC[C@@]2(O[5*])[C@@]2([H])[C@H](OC([6*])=O)[C@]3([7*])[C@@H]([8*])[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O[9*])[C@H]([10*])NC([11*])=O)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H]([2*])C(=O)[C@]12[3*])C3(C)C.[1*]c1c([4*])[C@H]2CC[C@@]2(O[5*])[C@@]2([H])[C@H](OC([6*])=O)[C@]3([7*])[C@@H]([8*])[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O[9*])[C@H]([10*])NC([11*])=O)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H]([2*])C(=O)[C@]12[3*])C3(C)C 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 9
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 9
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000012114 Alexa Fluor 647 Substances 0.000 description 8
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000012632 fluorescent imaging Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710099705 Anti-lipopolysaccharide factor Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 102000027426 receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108091008598 receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010059282 Metastases to central nervous system Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 4
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 4
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000002352 blister Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002132 lysosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 4
- XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-aminoacridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102100020793 Interleukin-13 receptor subunit alpha-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BPEGJWRSRHCHSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Temozolomide Chemical compound O=C1N(C)N=NC2=C(C(N)=O)N=CN21 BPEGJWRSRHCHSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960001441 aminoacridine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003534 dna topoisomerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- AFMYMMXSQGUCBK-AKMKHHNQSA-N dynemicin a Chemical compound C1#C\C=C/C#C[C@@H]2NC(C=3C(=O)C4=C(O)C=CC(O)=C4C(=O)C=3C(O)=C3)=C3[C@@]34O[C@]32[C@@H](C)C(C(O)=O)=C(OC)[C@H]41 AFMYMMXSQGUCBK-AKMKHHNQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940044693 topoisomerase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical class [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N (E)-dacarbazine Chemical compound CN(C)\N=N\c1[nH]cnc1C(N)=O FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHBMMWSBFZVSSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxybutyric acid Chemical compound CC(O)CC(O)=O WHBMMWSBFZVSSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000580482 Acidobacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001156739 Actinobacteria <phylum> Species 0.000 description 2
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100022005 B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N Bilirubin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C)=C(C=C)\C1=C\C1=C(C)C(CCC(O)=O)=C(CC2=C(C(C)=C(\C=C/3C(=C(C=C)C(=O)N\3)C)N2)CCC(O)=O)N1 BPYKTIZUTYGOLE-IFADSCNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N Capecitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000192700 Cyanobacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AFMYMMXSQGUCBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Endynamicin A Natural products C1#CC=CC#CC2NC(C=3C(=O)C4=C(O)C=CC(O)=C4C(=O)C=3C(O)=C3)=C3C34OC32C(C)C(C(O)=O)=C(OC)C41 AFMYMMXSQGUCBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010009504 Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101000897405 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000606465 Homo sapiens Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000661459 Homo sapiens Tyrosine-protein kinase STYK1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100039813 Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase 7 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710112634 Interleukin-13 receptor subunit alpha-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lomustine Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710100969 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029986 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010017622 Somatomedin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004584 Somatomedin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001180364 Spirochaetes Species 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=N1 DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100037781 Tyrosine-protein kinase STYK1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100033177 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N [4-[[(2S)-5-(carbamoylamino)-2-[[(2S)-2-[6-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]phenyl]methyl N-[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(3R,4S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-[[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-methylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-N-methylcarbamate Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@@H](CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)c1ccccc1)OC)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)OCc1ccc(NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCCN2C(=O)CCC2=O)C(C)C)cc1)C(C)C IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940090047 auto-injector Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940000635 beta-alanine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004993 binary fission Effects 0.000 description 2
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical class C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000024321 chromosome segregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VQNATVDKACXKTF-XELLLNAOSA-N duocarmycin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=C2NC(C(=O)N3C4=CC(=O)C5=C([C@@]64C[C@@H]6C3)C=C(N5)C(=O)OC)=CC2=C1 VQNATVDKACXKTF-XELLLNAOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 102000006815 folate receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020005243 folate receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 150000002224 folic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010093470 monomethyl auristatin E Proteins 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTMCWCONSULRHO-UHQPFXKFSA-N nemorubicin Chemical compound C1CO[C@H](OC)CN1[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@@H](O[C@@H]2C3=C(O)C=4C(=O)C5=C(OC)C=CC=C5C(=O)C=4C(O)=C3C[C@](O)(C2)C(=O)CO)C1 CTMCWCONSULRHO-UHQPFXKFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012797 qualification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-PJKCJEBCSA-N s-[(2r,3s,4s,6s)-6-[[(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-5-[(2s,4s,5s)-5-(ethylamino)-4-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-4-hydroxy-6-[[(2s,5z,9r,13e)-9-hydroxy-12-(methoxycarbonylamino)-13-[2-(methyltrisulfanyl)ethylidene]-11-oxo-2-bicyclo[7.3.1]trideca-1(12),5-dien-3,7-diynyl]oxy]-2-m Chemical compound C1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](NCC)CO[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@@H]2C\3=C(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@@](C/3=C/CSSSC)(O)C#C\C=C/C#C2)O[C@H](C)[C@@H](NO[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](SC(=O)C=3C(=C(OC)C(O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@H](OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O4)O)=C(I)C=3C)OC)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H]1O HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-PJKCJEBCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004964 temozolomide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004055 thiomethyl group Chemical group [H]SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124676 vascular endothelial growth factor receptor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BMKDZUISNHGIBY-ZETCQYMHSA-N (+)-dexrazoxane Chemical compound C([C@H](C)N1CC(=O)NC(=O)C1)N1CC(=O)NC(=O)C1 BMKDZUISNHGIBY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGNCNVVZCUVPOT-FUVGGWJZSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r,3r)-3-[(2s)-1-[(3r,4s,5s)-4-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]-methylamino]-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N(C)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)[C@H](OC)CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LGNCNVVZCUVPOT-FUVGGWJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOWDZACBATWTAU-FEFUEGSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-n-[(3r,4s,5s)-1-[(2s)-2-[(1r,2r)-3-[[(1s,2r)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-n,3-dimethylbutanamide Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N(C)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)[C@H](OC)CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WOWDZACBATWTAU-FEFUEGSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSTNYGQPCMXVAQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N (6S)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrofolic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CNC=2N=C(NC(=O)C=2N1)N)NC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 MSTNYGQPCMXVAQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8S)-3-(2-deoxy-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-3,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d][1,3]diazepin-8-ol Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NCC2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002861 (C1-C4) alkanoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N (R)-bicalutamide Chemical compound C([C@@](O)(C)C(=O)NC=1C=C(C(C#N)=CC=1)C(F)(F)F)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHFRGQHAERHWKZ-HHHXNRCGSA-N (R)-edelfosine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC[C@@H](OC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C MHFRGQHAERHWKZ-HHHXNRCGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzoxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2ON=NC2=C1 SLLFVLKNXABYGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C=C2 AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHFRGQHAERHWKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octadecyl-2-methylglycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(OC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C MHFRGQHAERHWKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 1-oxidanylurea Chemical compound N[14C](=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMZWUNCRVVJFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4-trimethoxy-1h-indole Chemical group C1=CC(OC)=C2C(OC)=C(OC)NC2=C1 UMZWUNCRVVJFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVKNKRNUVLGYTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1h-indol-2-yloxy)-n,n-dimethylethanamine Chemical group C1=CC=C2NC(OCCN(C)C)=CC2=C1 CVKNKRNUVLGYTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEZDRVHTDXTVLT-GJZGRUSLSA-N 2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WEZDRVHTDXTVLT-GJZGRUSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MPPQGYCZBNURDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propionyl-6-dimethylaminonaphthalene Chemical class C1=C(N(C)C)C=CC2=CC(C(=O)CC)=CC=C21 MPPQGYCZBNURDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNBQQYFXBLBYJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyridin-2-yl-1,3-oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC(C=2N=CC=CC=2)=N1 BNBQQYFXBLBYJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-15-(4-hydroxy-18-methoxycarbonyl-5,18-seco-ibogamin-18-yl)-16-methoxy-1-methyl-6,7-didehydro-aspidospermidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=C1 XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNEOHNUYPRAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[2-[[2-amino-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-[[1-(butoxycarbonylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(N)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(=O)OCCCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VNEOHNUYPRAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004575 3-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWAUSMGZOHPBJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitro-1,2,3-benzoxadiazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CC2=C1N=NO2 UWAUSMGZOHPBJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDCRNMJQROAWFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hydroxyhexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(O)CCCC(O)=O YDCRNMJQROAWFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-Mercaptoguanine Natural products N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 7-[(z)-3-methyl-4-(4-methyl-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl)but-2-enoxy]chromen-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC(=O)OC2=CC=1OC/C=C(/C)CC1OC(=O)C(C)=C1 CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001114404 Acholeplasmatales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000203716 Actinomycetaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000203809 Actinomycetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 241001114462 Anaeroplasmatales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001142141 Aquificae <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000203069 Archaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112741 Bacillaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193833 Bacillales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000304886 Bacilli Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000605059 Bacteroidetes Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001430332 Bifidobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001655328 Bifidobacteriales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001474374 Blennius Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037086 Bone marrow stromal antigen 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000205725 Boronia megastigma Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010055113 Breast cancer metastatic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001655314 Brevibacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKRGZCUXKFHRDU-WBOJDNFLSA-N C.C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(C)C)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(C)C)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C Chemical compound C.C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(C)C)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(C)C)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)/C(C)=C(/[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C SKRGZCUXKFHRDU-WBOJDNFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJMDRGOJENDAFX-KRGAKHCASA-N CC(=O)OC1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCCC(=O)CCCCCCCNC(=S)NC4=CC=C(C5=C6C=CC(=O)C=C6CC6=C5C=CC(O)=C6)C(C(=O)O)=C4)C(NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)C1(OC(C)=O)COC1C[C@@H]2O Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCCC(=O)CCCCCCCNC(=S)NC4=CC=C(C5=C6C=CC(=O)C=C6CC6=C5C=CC(O)=C6)C(C(=O)O)=C4)C(NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)C1(OC(C)=O)COC1C[C@@H]2O FJMDRGOJENDAFX-KRGAKHCASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHLFUPUTUZSBIK-OSACELRESA-N CC(=O)OC1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CC[NH3+])C(NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)C1(OC(C)=O)COC1C[C@@H]2O.O=C[O-] Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CC[NH3+])C(NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)C1(OC(C)=O)COC1C[C@@H]2O.O=C[O-] XHLFUPUTUZSBIK-OSACELRESA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNBSBYSJPQGZLZ-HSEJPEMKSA-N CC(=O)O[C@H]1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)[C@]1(OC(C)=O)CO[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2OC(=O)CCNC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=C(C2=C3C=C(F)C(=O)C=C3OC3=C2C=C(F)C(O)=C3)C=C1.O/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(=O)O[C@H]1C(=O)[C@@]2(C)C([C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C1C3(C)C)[C@]1(OC(C)=O)CO[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2OC(=O)CCNC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=C(C2=C3C=C(F)C(=O)C=C3OC3=C2C=C(F)C(O)=C3)C=C1.O/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 BNBSBYSJPQGZLZ-HSEJPEMKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPQQDDTFHGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)SC1CC(=O)N(C(C)C)C1=O Chemical compound CC(C)SC1CC(=O)N(C(C)C)C1=O ZQPQQDDTFHGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVJYGXXYOVUTMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)OC(=O)C(CC(C)(CC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C)C)C(=O)O)C(C)C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)OC(=O)C(CC(C)(CC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C)C)C(=O)O)C(C)C JVJYGXXYOVUTMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRSZUBMAIXOGKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1C(=CC=CC2=[N+](CC3=CC=C(CCl)C=C3)C3=C(C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C3)N2CC2=CC=C(CCl)C=C2)OC2=CC=CC=C21.[Cl-] Chemical compound CN1C(=CC=CC2=[N+](CC3=CC=C(CCl)C=C3)C3=C(C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C3)N2CC2=CC=C(CCl)C=C2)OC2=CC=CC=C21.[Cl-] GRSZUBMAIXOGKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=C(O)C3=C(CC(O)(C(=O)CO)CC3OC3CC(N)C(O)C(C)O3)C(O)=C1C2=O Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=C(O)C3=C(CC(O)(C(=O)CO)CC3OC3CC(N)C(O)C(C)O3)C(O)=C1C2=O AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSDFPDHFKCTWBG-PGQCMMIVSA-N CO[C@H]1OCCN2[C@H]3C[C@H](O[C@H]4C[C@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC5=C(O)C6=C(C(=O)C7=C(C=CC=C7CO)C6=O)C(O)=C54)O[C@@H](C)[C@H]3O[C@H]12 Chemical compound CO[C@H]1OCCN2[C@H]3C[C@H](O[C@H]4C[C@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC5=C(O)C6=C(C(=O)C7=C(C=CC=C7CO)C6=O)C(O)=C54)O[C@@H](C)[C@H]3O[C@H]12 HSDFPDHFKCTWBG-PGQCMMIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Capecitabine Natural products C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1C1C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000014653 Carica parviflora Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004225 Cathepsin B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000010804 Caulobacter vibrioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- ZEOWTGPWHLSLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ccc(cc1-c1ccc2c(n[nH]c2c1)-c1cnn(c1)C1CC1)C(=O)Nc1cccc(c1)C(F)(F)F Chemical compound Cc1ccc(cc1-c1ccc2c(n[nH]c2c1)-c1cnn(c1)C1CC1)C(=O)Nc1cccc(c1)C(F)(F)F ZEOWTGPWHLSLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001185363 Chlamydiae Species 0.000 description 1
- JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloditan Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C(C(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000191368 Chlorobi Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061764 Chromosomal deletion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001143290 Chrysiogenetes <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N Cladribine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001112696 Clostridia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112695 Clostridiales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000243321 Cnidaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186031 Corynebacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100021906 Cyclin-O Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010041052 DNA Topoisomerase IV Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012129 DRAQ7 reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100481404 Danio rerio tie1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100481408 Danio rerio tie2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001143296 Deferribacteres <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192095 Deinococcus-Thermus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135761 Deltaproteobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000970811 Dictyoglomi Species 0.000 description 1
- VQNATVDKACXKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Duocarmycin SA Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=C2NC(C(=O)N3C4=CC(=O)C5=C(C64CC6C3)C=C(N5)C(=O)OC)=CC2=C1 VQNATVDKACXKTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001609975 Enterococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001114405 Entomoplasmatales Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031984 Ephrin type-B receptor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036725 Epithelial discoidin domain-containing receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710131668 Epithelial discoidin domain-containing receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001148568 Epsilonproteobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000402754 Erythranthe moschata Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000923108 Fibrobacteres Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100023593 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182386 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023600 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182389 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027842 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182396 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027844 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241001279371 Frankiaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001655320 Frankiales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001453172 Fusobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001265526 Gemmatimonadetes <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000010915 Glioblastoma multiforme Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000520860 Halanaerobiales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001496656 Haloplasmatales Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000740785 Homo sapiens Bone marrow stromal antigen 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000897441 Homo sapiens Cyclin-O Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001064451 Homo sapiens Ephrin type-B receptor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917134 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100232357 Homo sapiens IL13RA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100232360 Homo sapiens IL13RA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001034652 Homo sapiens Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001033312 Homo sapiens Interleukin-4 receptor subunit alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000916644 Homo sapiens Macrophage colony-stimulating factor 1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934338 Homo sapiens Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001038337 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001038335 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001038341 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851018 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851007 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851030 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150026109 INSR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150068197 INSRR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039688 Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003816 Interleukin-13 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039078 Interleukin-4 receptor subunit alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003412 L-alanyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@@](C([H])([H])[H])(C(=O)[*])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011050 LAL assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001468155 Lactobacillaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112724 Lactobacillales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001387859 Lentisphaerae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001609976 Leuconostocaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112727 Listeriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028198 Macrophage colony-stimulating factor 1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027754 Mast/stem cell growth factor receptor Kit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710087603 Mast/stem cell growth factor receptor Kit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930126263 Maytansine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003735 Mesothelin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000015 Mesothelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZYTPOUNUXRBYGW-YUMQZZPRSA-N Met-Met Chemical compound CSCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N[C@H](C([O-])=O)CCSC ZYTPOUNUXRBYGW-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001655327 Micrococcales Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940121849 Mitotic inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241001430197 Mollicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100335081 Mus musculus Flt3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100083342 Mus musculus Picalm gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100481410 Mus musculus Tek gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100481406 Mus musculus Tie1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204003 Mycoplasmatales Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N N-acetyl-L-alanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(C)=O KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150117329 NTRK3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000121237 Nitrospirae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001655308 Nocardiaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150056950 Ntrk2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PYAGRSLWVJJHBQ-JYKSDJJWSA-N O=C=O.O=C=O.[H]C1=CC(C(=O)CC(C)C(=O)OC2(C)C[C@H]3OC[C@@]3(OC(C)=O)[C@@]3([H])[C@H](OC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4(O)CC(OC(=O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C5=CC=CC=C5)C5=CC=CC=C5)C(C)=C([C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@]23C)C4(C)C)=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=C1C=CC(O)=C2 Chemical compound O=C=O.O=C=O.[H]C1=CC(C(=O)CC(C)C(=O)OC2(C)C[C@H]3OC[C@@]3(OC(C)=O)[C@@]3([H])[C@H](OC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4(O)CC(OC(=O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C5=CC=CC=C5)C5=CC=CC=C5)C(C)=C([C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@]23C)C4(C)C)=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=C1C=CC(O)=C2 PYAGRSLWVJJHBQ-JYKSDJJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000425347 Phyla <beetle> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007913 Pituitary Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001180199 Planctomycetes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000001393 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor alpha Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068588 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor alpha Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002685 Polyoxyl 35CastorOil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proflavine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N)=CC=C3C=C21 WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000192142 Proteobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010026552 Proteome Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001039269 Rattus norvegicus Glycine N-methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100018718 Rattus norvegicus Il1rl1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029981 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710100963 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910005948 SO2Cl Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102100040293 Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040292 Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040291 Serine/threonine-protein kinase LMTK3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium salicylate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000230565 Sphingobacteriia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000194018 Streptococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000390529 Synergistetes Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000131694 Tenericutes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000970807 Thermoanaerobacterales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001143138 Thermodesulfobacteria <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001143310 Thermotogae <phylum> Species 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiotepa Chemical compound C1CN1P(N1CC1)(=S)N1CC1 FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N Tomudex Chemical compound C=1C=C2NC(C)=NC(=O)C2=CC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)S1 IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCPOZVAOBBQLRI-WDSKDSINSA-N Treosulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)COS(C)(=O)=O YCPOZVAOBBQLRI-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150098329 Tyro3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053099 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033178 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033179 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZHAFUINZIZIXFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [9-(dimethylamino)-10-methylbenzo[a]phenoxazin-5-ylidene]azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].O1C2=CC(=[NH2+])C3=CC=CC=C3C2=NC2=C1C=C(N(C)C)C(C)=C2 ZHAFUINZIZIXFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJXJOHSKHWJMSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C(=O)CSC(C)C)C(C)C Chemical compound [H]N(C(=O)CSC(C)C)C(C)C FJXJOHSKHWJMSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWAOTFWSALSTSG-TVZLXKRGSA-N [H][C@@]12N(C)C3=CC(CO)=C([C@@]4(C(=O)OC)C[C@@H]5C[N@](CCC6=C4NC4=C6C=CC=C4)C[C@](O)(CC)C5)C=C3[C@@]13CCN1CC=C[C@@](CC)(C(OC(=O)CCC4=N5C(=CC6=C(C)C=C(C)N6B5(F)F)C=C4)[C@]2(O)C(=O)OC)[C@]13[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12N(C)C3=CC(CO)=C([C@@]4(C(=O)OC)C[C@@H]5C[N@](CCC6=C4NC4=C6C=CC=C4)C[C@](O)(CC)C5)C=C3[C@@]13CCN1CC=C[C@@](CC)(C(OC(=O)CCC4=N5C(=CC6=C(C)C=C(C)N6B5(F)F)C=C4)[C@]2(O)C(=O)OC)[C@]13[H] YWAOTFWSALSTSG-TVZLXKRGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDTMBENOUZQBDC-VXNGIQMBSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@@]14C[C@H]4C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OCSC)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@@]14C[C@H]4C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(=O)OC)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OCSC)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C NDTMBENOUZQBDC-VXNGIQMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEZGURHMMIGJIT-IDIXPTFOSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=C(Cl)C=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C=C(C)C)NC(=O)SC(C)(C)C)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCN)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=C(Cl)C=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=C(Cl)C=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C=C(C)C)NC(=O)SC(C)(C)C)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCN)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=C(Cl)C=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C QEZGURHMMIGJIT-IDIXPTFOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFBQTJVBEROTFO-WFDHNETNSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@@]14C[C@H]4C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)C=C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)COC(=O)CC(N)C(N)=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4CC4)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@@]14C[C@H]4C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)C=C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)COC(=O)CC(N)C(N)=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4CC4)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C MFBQTJVBEROTFO-WFDHNETNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILSUTDBVXIDGBT-WUWHGYJHSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](CCN4CCOCC4)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SCC(C)C)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](CCN4CCOCC4)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OC)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SCC(C)C)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C ILSUTDBVXIDGBT-WUWHGYJHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFCBZXFAQHVYAN-BRVKRGRVSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C(F)[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SCCCC)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CC(O)C(=O)O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C(F)[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)SCCCC)C4=CC=CO4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CC(O)C(=O)O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C GFCBZXFAQHVYAN-BRVKRGRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSRWNLKSDNMJQH-MOXSEDSMSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C(Br)CC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34CC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C(Br)CC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34CC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C PSRWNLKSDNMJQH-MOXSEDSMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBXILKXLWMWKAZ-PLMIOWGKSA-N [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)COCCOC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34OC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34OC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)OCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=C([C@@H](CC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OCOP(C)(=O)O)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]3(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)COCCOC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C4=CC=CC=C4)C4=CC=CC=C4)C(C)=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C3(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34OC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1CO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C.[H][C@]12[C@H](OC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@]34OC(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)OCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=C([C@@H](CC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]1(C)[C@@H](OCOP(C)(=O)O)C[C@H]1OO[C@]12OC(C)=O)C4(C)C BBXILKXLWMWKAZ-PLMIOWGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000980 acid dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- BGLGAKMTYHWWKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine yellow Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].CC1=C(N)C=C2N=C(C=C(C(C)=C3)N)C3=CC2=C1 BGLGAKMTYHWWKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001251 acridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010013985 adhesion receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019997 adhesion receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001508 alkali metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003797 alkaloid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940098174 alkeran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- RGHILYZRVFRRNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene-1,2-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C(C(=O)C=C3)=O)C3=CC2=C1 RGHILYZRVFRRNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001946 anti-microtubular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045719 antineoplastic alkylating agent nitrosoureas Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045985 antineoplastic platinum compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- JPIYZTWMUGTEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N auramine O free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=N)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 JPIYZTWMUGTEHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003578 bacterial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000997 bicalutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940108502 bicnu Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003618 borate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930195731 calicheamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940088954 camptosar Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004712 cancer cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004117 capecitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CZPLANDPABRVHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cascade blue Chemical compound C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C(NCC)=CC=1C(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N(CC)CC)=C1C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C1 CZPLANDPABRVHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002436 cladribine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004737 colorimetric analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003901 dacarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001295 dansyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C(C2=C1[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000605 dexrazoxane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMRJKAQTDDKMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dolastatin Chemical compound CC(C)C(N(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(OC)CC(=O)N1CCCC1C(OC)C(C)C(=O)NC(C=1SC=CN=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 AMRJKAQTDDKMCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930188854 dolastatin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005501 duocarmycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930184221 duocarmycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960005510 duocarmycin SA Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950011461 edelfosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002121 endocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000961 floxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N floxuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000390 fludarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N fludarabine phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(F)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UTOYCOKRJWZPNT-SQNCZLKBSA-N flutax 2 Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]2[C@]3(OC(C)=O)CO[C@@H]3C[C@@H]([C@]2(C(=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C[C@]1(O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=1)C1=C2C=C(F)C(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=C(F)C=C21)C(O)=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UTOYCOKRJWZPNT-SQNCZLKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ARIKNXVUKIKIHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N formyl 3-aminopropanoate Chemical class NCCC(=O)OC=O ARIKNXVUKIKIHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YAKWPXVTIGTRJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N fotemustine Chemical compound CCOP(=O)(OCC)C(C)NC(=O)N(CCCl)N=O YAKWPXVTIGTRJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004783 fotemustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005277 gemcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N gemcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1C(F)(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001046 green dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylenetetramine Chemical compound C1N(C2)CN3CN1CN2C3 VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003752 hydrotrope Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ifosfamide Chemical compound ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001101 ifosfamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002411 imatinib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010829 isocratic elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003907 kidney function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002386 leaching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002247 lomustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940107698 malachite green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M malachite green Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C1C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C1 FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N maytansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@](OC(=O)N1)([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(C)=O)CC(=O)N1C)C)[H])\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N mechlorethamine Chemical compound ClCCN(C)CCCl HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004961 mechlorethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010085203 methionylmethionine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150110189 minE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000350 mitotane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101150035528 mukB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-5-iminobenzo[a]phenoxazin-9-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=[NH2+])C2=C1 SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950010159 nemorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nile red Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=O)C2=C1 VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000683 nonmetastatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004866 oxadiazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L oxaliplatin Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(=O)O[Pt]11N[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]2N1 DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960001756 oxaliplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GHTWDWCFRFTBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-M oxazine-170 Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.N1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(NCC)=CC2=[O+]C2=C1C=C(C)C(N(C)CC)=C2 GHTWDWCFRFTBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000004893 oxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxirane;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C1CO1.OCC(O)CO QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamidronate Chemical compound NCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940046231 pamidronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940056360 penicillin g Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002340 pentostatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N pentostatin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC[C@H]2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003058 platinum compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- RKCAIXNGYQCCAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N porphin Chemical compound N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)C=C2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC4=N1 RKCAIXNGYQCCAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000683 possible toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N procarbazine Chemical compound CNNCC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(C)C)C=C1 CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000624 procarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000286 proflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003220 pyrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004432 raltitrexed Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004641 rituximab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004025 sodium salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940061353 temodar Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005207 tetraalkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005887 tetrahydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005460 tetrahydrofolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001196 thiotepa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MNRILEROXIRVNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=NC=N[C]21 MNRILEROXIRVNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003181 treosulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001099 trimetrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NOYPYLRCIDNJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimetrexate Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(NCC=2C(=C3C(N)=NC(N)=NC3=CC=2)C)=C1 NOYPYLRCIDNJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004355 vindesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N vindesine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(N)=O)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940053867 xeloda Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
- A61K47/6901—Conjugates being cells, cell fragments, viruses, ghosts, red blood cells or viral vectors
-
- A61K47/48815—
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/13—Amines
- A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
- A61K31/136—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline having the amino group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. benzeneamine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K31/337—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having four-membered rings, e.g. taxol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/65—Tetracyclines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7028—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
- A61K31/7034—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin
- A61K31/704—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin attached to a condensed carbocyclic ring system, e.g. sennosides, thiocolchicosides, escin, daunorubicin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
-
- A61K47/48023—
-
- A61K47/48061—
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/5005—Wall or coating material
- A61K9/5063—Compounds of unknown constitution, e.g. material from plants or animals
- A61K9/5068—Cell membranes or bacterial membranes enclosing drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
Definitions
- Non-living but intact bacterial vesicles that enclose biologically active agents have been used for therapeutic purposes.
- the present inventors described the preparation and use of bacterially derived intact minicells that contain therapeutic nucleic acid molecules.
- the present inventors also showed that small molecular drugs, whether hydrophilic or hydrophobic, can be packaged into minicells which, when taken up by a target mammalian cell, can release the drugs into the cytoplasm of the target cell.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862 lists the present inventors and demonstrates the preparation and use of intact killed bacterial cells packaged with therapeutic agents.
- Killed bacterial cells by definition are nonliving, as are minicells. Neither type of intact bacterial vesicle can replicate or actively invade host cells.
- the present inventors have reported that killed bacterial cells and minicells, despite their relatively large size, can be taken up by a target mammalian cell, when brought into contact with the cell, and then degraded in late-endosomes/lysosomes, releasing their drug payload into the target cell. Uptake is improved when the killed bacterial cells or minicells are attached to a ligand that targets the mammalian cell.
- a ligand described in WO2005/056749, is a bispecific antibody that has (i) a first arm with specificity for a minicell surface structure and (ii) a second arm with specificity for a non-phagocytic mammalian cell surface receptor.
- minicells upon intravenous administration to a tumor-bearing mammalian host, minicells rapidly extravasated via the leaky vasculature associated with many solid tumors, including certain brain tumors (WO2013/088250), and the minicells accumulated in the tumor microenvironment. That the minicells were confined to the tumor microenvironment and did not penetrate into normal tissues is believed to be due to an inability of the minicells, with a diameter of ⁇ 400 nm ⁇ 50 nm, to escape from the normal vasculature surrounding normal (non-tumor) tissues.
- nucleic acids can be packaged into an intact nonliving bacterial vesicle when incubated with the vesicle under a concentration gradient, during which the nucleic acids move down the gradient into the vesicle. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,669,101.
- a plasmid that encodes a nucleic acid can be transduced into a live bacterium and replicate or transcribe to produce the nucleic acid. The nucleic acid-packaged live bacterium then can be killed, yielding a killed bacterial cell as described above, or it can generate an intact minicell, itself loaded with the nucleic acid. See, e.g., WO2003/033519.
- small molecule drugs typically cannot be produced from a plasmid. As noted, however, the present inventors discovered that such drugs can be loaded into a vesicle directly. Their approach to loading small molecule drugs was illustrated in experiments reported by MacDiarmid et al., Cancer Cell 11: 431-5 (2007).
- PBS buffer phosphate-buffered saline
- PBS buffer has the composition: 137 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, 10 mM Na 2 PO 4 , 2 mM KH 2 PO 4 (adjusted to pH 7.4).
- small scale On this 1 ml-to-2-ml scale (hereafter, “small scale”), co-incubation of the minicells with a given drug was followed by an effort to remove excess drug from the minicells. This effort entailed centrifugation, thereby to pellet the drug-packaged minicells, and a subsequent discarding of the supernatant, where any excess drug was thought to reside. The minicells then were resuspended in fresh PBS, again 1 to 2 ml, and the steps of centrifugation and supernatant discarding were repeated five to six times for a given preparation.
- the small-scale protocol which entails the co-incubation (loading) step and multiple steps of washing by resuspension, centrifugation and supernatant discarding, all performed in a 1-to-2-ml scale.
- MacDiarmid et al. extracted drug that was associated with the minicells, see the last full sentence on page 433 ff., whereupon the drug concentration was determined using HPLC analysis.
- MacDiarmid et al. reported an estimated loading efficiency for the small-scale process in terms, for instance, of “ ⁇ 10 million . . . molecules . . . per minicell” of doxorubicin. Id., first full sentence of page 435.
- the present inventors have discovered that, when incubated with a nonliving, intact bacterial vesicle that initially does not contain a given fluorescent compound, the latter can move down the resultant concentration gradient (high outside to low inside) into the cytoplasm of the vesicle unexpectedly more quickly than an otherwise similar but non-fluorescent compound, and also that the fluorescent compound can achieve a surprisingly higher intra-vesicular concentration.
- the inventors observed, for example, that linking a non-fluorescent compound with a fluorescent moiety greatly improves loading into nonliving, intact bacterial vesicles, relative results obtained with the non-fluorescent compound itself, notwithstanding that such modification typically effects an increase in molecular weight, which would have been thought to hamper drug loading.
- the inventors also have determined that an even greater enhancement of efficiency occurs when the loading of a fluorescent compound is effected in a medium to which has been added a binary ionic compound such as an alkali metal halide salt, e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride, and potassium bromide.
- a binary ionic compound such as an alkali metal halide salt, e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride, and potassium bromide.
- the presence in the loading medium of such a compound in a concentration as low as on the order of about 200 mM, improves loading efficiency for a fluorescent compound by two-fold or more, with loading effectively complete after only about fifteen minutes.
- the cross-flow filtration is conducted with pharmaceutical grade filters, which are available commercially from Sartorius Stedim Systems, GE Healthcare and Pall Corporation, among other suppliers. It is within the purview of those knowledgeable in filtration field to select a suitable filter based on the description in the user's manual provided by the supplier, depending on the size of the filter, the production scale, etc. Additionally, the pore size of the filter is standard, e.g., 0.45 ⁇ m or 0.2 ⁇ m, depending on the purpose of the filtration. The pressure applied during filtration varies at every step and is adjusted according to the need.
- an unexpected advantage was found to pertain when the scale of washing drug-packaged vesicles in buffer was increased, in terms of the volume of buffer employed, by between about four and five orders of magnitude, i.e., on the liter scale (hereafter, “large scale”) as compared to the millilitre scale of the small-scale protocol, e.g., by a three-to-five-times repeated washing of drug-loaded vesicles in about 20 liters of fresh buffer per repetition.
- the large-scale process therefore, on the order of about 100 liters of buffer can be employed, for example, in washing steps for a given batch of drug-loaded vesicles.
- the inventive method yields not only a reduction in free endotoxin levels but also a reduction in a hitherto unrecognized fraction of payload compound that the conventional small-scale protocol leaves trapped on the outer surface of the vesicle.
- the small-scale protocol resulted in a number of doxorubicin molecules loaded per intact minicell that MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, estimated at about 10 million. With the large-scale process of the present invention, this number is under about 1 million molecules per minicell (see Example 6 below).
- the small-scale protocol was associated with the trapping of some 9 million molecules of doxorubicin to the outer layer of the packaged minicells, contrasting markedly with the inventive methodology (see Example 14).
- the process of the invention therefore, trapping of a payload compound to the outside of a packaging vesicle is minimized, and loaded compound stays inside the vesicles when the concentration gradient is removed.
- the invention thus provides a highly effective approach to preparing intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles that enclose loaded compound in amounts on the order of hundreds of nanograms of compound per 10 9 minicells.
- the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an intact and nonliving bacterial vesicle that encloses a fluorescent small molecule drug, which is not doxorubicin, irinotecan, bisantrene, topotecan, epirubicin, daunorubicin, mitoxantrone, Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel, or BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine.
- the vesicle is either an intact, bacterially derived minicell or a killed bacterial cell.
- the minicell encloses at least 500,000 molecules of the small molecule drug.
- the small molecule drug is biologically active.
- the small molecule drug has a molecular weight of about 900 Dalton or less. In other embodiments, the small molecule drug is cytotoxic. Exemplary small molecule drugs include but are not limited to morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives, such as PNU-159682. In certain embodiments the small molecule drug is activated in vivo.
- the disclosure provides a composition comprising an intact and nonliving bacterial vesicle that encloses a compound of formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, wherein: D is the residue of a small molecule drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety.
- the linker suitable for this invention either has a half-life of between 6 hours and 24 hours or is degraded under an acidic pH condition, such as in the endosome of a mammalian cell.
- Illustrative small molecule drugs, fluorescent moieties, and linkers and the structures thereof are detailed below.
- a composition comprising an intact, bacterially derived bacterial vesicle enclosing a compound that comprises an active agent bound through a linker to an energy transfer moiety, wherein the active agent is other than Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel and BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine.
- the energy transfer moiety is a light emitting moiety, comprises a conjugated pi system, or comprises an acridinyl moiety, a xanthenyl moiety, or a benzimidazolyl moiety.
- the invention is directed to a method of loading a plurality of minicells with a desired compound without resort to centrifugation.
- the method includes the steps of (A) incubating the plurality in a volume of an incubation solution of the desired compound in a buffered liquid, wherein the volume is on the order of about 100 mls or more, and then (B) subjecting the plurality to multiple washing steps, each comprising cross-flow filtration of the minicells with a volume of buffered liquid that is on the order of liters, wherein none of the washing steps employs centrifugation of the minicells.
- a binary ionic compound which is different from the desired compound to be loaded within the minicell, is dissolved in the incubation solution to a concentration that is on the order of about 200 mM or more.
- step (B) comprises three to five washing steps.
- the desired compound is fluorescent.
- the incubating of step (A) is for a period of about 4 hours.
- the desired compound is biologically active.
- the desired compound can be a small molecule drug having a molecular weight of about 900 Dalton or less.
- the small molecule drug is cytotoxic.
- the small molecule drug can be activated in vivo.
- the desired compound is of a formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, where D is the residue of a small molecule drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety.
- the linker has a half-life of between 6 hours and 24 hours or is degraded in the endosome of a mammaline cell.
- the description relates treating cancer in a patient in need thereof.
- the treatment comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a composition encompassed by this invention.
- the composition comprises a cytotoxic compound.
- FIG. 1 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with Vinblastine BODIPY® FL.
- the minicells fluoresce bright red on a black background, indicating that Vinblastine BODIPY® FL is present in the minicells and not in the exterior space.
- FIG. 2 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with FLUTAX-1.
- the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background. Accordingly, FLUTAX-1 was packaged into the minicells and did not remain in the exterior space.
- FIG. 3 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1 ⁇ 10 9 FLUTAX-1-packaged minicells.
- the area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of FLUTAX-1 packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of FLUTAX-1 of known quantities.
- FIG. 4 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with paclitaxel conjugated with Oregon® Green-488. That the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background shows that the conjugate is packaged into the minicells.
- FIG. 5 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with FCP.
- the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background, indicating that FCP is packaged into the minicells.
- FIG. 6 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from FCP-loaded minicells (1 ⁇ 10 9 ).
- the area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of FCP packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of FCP of known quantities.
- FIG. 7 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with BacLightTM Green.
- the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background.
- BacLightTM Green therefore is shown to be associated with the minicells and not the exterior space.
- FIG. 8 shows a histogram generated from flow cytometry analysis of empty and BacLightTM Green-packaged minicells.
- BacLightTM Green-packaged minicells display a distinct population, which is shifted to the right in comparison to the empty minicells, indicating that minicells of the population are fluorescent.
- FIG. 9 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with doxorubicin.
- the minicells fluoresce bright red on a black background, indicating that doxorubicin is present within the minicells rather than in the exterior space.
- FIG. 10 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1 ⁇ 10 9 doxorubicin-packaged minicells.
- the area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of doxorubicin packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known doxorubicin quantities.
- FIG. 11 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with the nucleic acid dye SYTO 9.
- the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background indicating that SYTO 9 is associated with the minicells, not the exterior space.
- FIG. 12 shows histogram generated from flow cytometry analysis of empty and SYTO 9-packaged minicells.
- SYTO 9-packaged minicells display a distinct population, which is shifted to the right in comparison to the empty minicells; thus, the packaged minicells are fluorescent.
- FIG. 13 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with 9-aminoacridine hydrochloride hydrate.
- the minicells fluoresce blue on a dark background indicating that 9-aminoacridine hydrochloride hydrate is associated with the minicells instead of the exterior space.
- FIG. 14 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1 ⁇ 10 9 paclitaxel-packaged minicells.
- the area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of paclitaxel packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known quantities.
- FIG. 15 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1 ⁇ 10 9 TF.Pac-packaged minicells.
- the area of this peak was used to determine the quantity of TF.Pac packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known TF.Pac quantities.
- FIG. 16 shows the fluorescence readings, at two different wavelengths, of doxorubicin loading solutions with different concentrations of folic acid.
- FIG. 17 shows the generation of a standard curve of free doxorubicin.
- FIG. 18 shows the effect of fluorescence quencher folic acid on doxorubicin loading.
- FIG. 19 shows the HPLC quantification of doxorubicin loading into minicells from UV (250 nm) readings.
- FIG. 20 shows the HPLC quantification of doxorubicin loading from relative fluorescence (RF) readings.
- FIG. 21 shows the course and amount FLUTAX-1 loaded into minicells in the presence of ions from dissociation of various ionic salts.
- FIG. 22 depicts data shown in FIG. 21 for the time point representing 15 minutes of loading FLUTAX-1 into minicells.
- FIG. 23 shows the effect of co-incubation temperature on the enhancement by ions of fluorescence-mediated transmembrane movement of compounds into minicells.
- FIG. 24 illustrates 20 subfamilies and 58 members of human receptor tyrosine kinases (excerpted from Lemmon and Schlessinger, Cell 141: 1117-134 (2010)).
- the present disclosure provides both methodology for loading a compound into intact, bacterially derived, nonliving vesicles, a category inclusive of minicells and killed bacterial cells, and compositions, preferably pharmaceutical grade, that contain such compound-loaded vesicles.
- biologically active and “biological activity” are used to qualify or to denote, as the case may be, the effect(s) of a compound or composition on living matter.
- a material is biologically active or has biological activity if it has interaction with or effect on any cell tissue in a human or animal body, e.g., by reacting with protein, nucleic acid, or other molecules in a cell.
- Cancer refers to cells or tissues that exhibit an aberrant growth phenotype characterized by a significant loss of control of cell proliferation.
- the methods and compositions of this disclosure particularly apply to malignant, pre-metastatic, metastatic, and non-metastatic cells.
- Drug refers to any physiologically or pharmacologically active substance that produces a local or systemic effect in animals, particularly mammals and humans.
- “Individual,” “subject,” “host,” and “patient,” terms used interchangeably in this description, refer to any mammalian subject for whom diagnosis, treatment, or therapy is desired.
- the individual, subject, host, or patient can be a human or a non-human animal.
- suitable subjects can include but are not limited to non-human primates, cattle, horses, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rabbits, rats, and mice.
- treatment refers to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiologic effect in a tumor patient.
- the effect can be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing tumor growth or a symptom thereof and/or the effect can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete stabilization or cure for a tumor and/or for an adverse effect attributable to the tumor.
- Treatment covers any treatment of a tumor in a mammal, particularly a human.
- a desired treatment effect can be a tumor response, which can be measured as reduction of tumor mass or inhibition of tumor mass increase.
- a desired treatment effect can be an increase of overall patient survival, progress-free survival, time to tumor recurrence, or a reduction of adverse effect.
- Alkyl refers to a monovalent saturated straight or branched chain linear hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, pentyl or octyl.
- a C 1 -C 4 straight chained or branched alkyl group is also referred to as a “lower alkyl” group.
- Alkylene refers to a divalent saturated straight or branched chain linear hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1, or 2 carbon atoms. Examples of alkylene include —CH 2 ) y —, wherein y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
- Cycloalkyl refers to cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10, or from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and cyclohexenyl. “C u-v cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups having u to v carbon atoms as ring members.
- Heterocycle or “heterocyclic” or “heterocyclo” or “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic group having from 3 to 18 total ring atoms, from 1 to 14 carbon atoms and from 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen and includes single ring and multiple ring systems including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems.
- heterocyclic For multiple ring systems having aromatic and/or non-aromatic rings, the term “heterocyclic”, “heterocycle”, “heterocyclo”, “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” applies when there is at least one ring heteroatom and the point of attachment is at an atom of a non-aromatic ring (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-3-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline-6-yl, and decahydroquinolin-6-yl).
- a non-aromatic ring e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-3-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline-6-yl, and decahydroquinolin-6-yl.
- the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl moieties.
- the heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperidin-3-yl, piperazinyl, N-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidon-1-yl, morpholinyl, and pyrrolidinyl.
- a prefix indicating the number of carbon atoms e.g., C 3 -C 10 ) refers to the total number of carbon atoms in the portion of the heterocyclyl group exclusive of the number of heteroatoms.
- Substituted alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle refers to alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle, respectively, having 1 to 5 or 1 to 3 substitutes that do not substantially interfere with the anti-cancer activity of the compounds.
- substituents on alkyl groups include —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroayl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, —OR a , oxo ( ⁇ O), —O—COR a , —COR a , —SO 3 H, —NHR a , —NR a R b , —COOR a , —CHO, —CONH 2 , —CONHR a , —CONR a R b , —NHCOR a , —NR c COR a , —NHCONH 2 , —NHCONR a H, —NHCONR a R b , —NR c CONH 2 , —NR c CONR a H, —NR c CONR a R b , —C(
- the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C 1 -C 8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- substituents on alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle groups include —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, aryl, heteroayl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxo ( ⁇ O), —OR a , —O—COR a , —COR a , —SO 3 H, —NHR a , —NR a R b , —COOR a , —CHO, —CONH 2 , —CONHR a , —CONR a R b , —NHCOR a , —NR c COR a , —NHCONH 2 , —NHCONR a H, —NHCONR a R b , —NR c CONH 2 , —NR c CONR a H, —NR c
- the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C 1 -C 8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, halogen, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- Aryl refers to an aromatic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and no ring heteroatoms and having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl).
- a single ring e.g., phenyl
- multiple condensed (fused) rings e.g., naphthyl or anthryl.
- the term “Aryl” or “Ar” applies when the point of attachment is at an aromatic carbon atom.
- 5,6,7,8 tetrahydronaphthalene-2-yl is an aryl group, with its point of attachment at the 2-position of the aromatic phenyl ring.
- “Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group which is substituted with 1 to 8 or, in some embodiments, 1 to 5, 1 to 3 or 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, oxo ( ⁇ O), —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, —OR a , —O—COR a , —COR a , —COOH, —SO 3 H, —NHR a , —NR a R b , —COOR a , —CHO, —CONH 2 , —CONHR a , —CONR a R b , —NHCOR a , —NR c COR a , —NHCONH 2 , —NHCONR a H,
- the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C 1 -C 8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, halogen, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
- Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with 1 to 5 or 1 to 3 halo.
- Alkoxy refers to the group —O-alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined herein. “Substituted alkoxy” refers to —O-(substituted alkyl).
- Haloalkoxy refers to the group —O-haloalkyl wherein haloalkyl is as defined herein.
- Halo refers to —F, —C, —Br or —I.
- Heteroaryl denotes an aromatic group of from 1 to 14 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur and includes a 5-to-18-member ring or ring system that includes a single ring (e.g., imidazolyl) or multiple rings (e.g., benzimidazol-2-yl and benzimidazol-6-yl).
- heteroaryl applies if there is at least one ring heteroatom and the point of attachment is at an atom of an aromatic ring (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-6-yl and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl).
- the nitrogen and/or the sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide (N ⁇ O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties.
- the heteroaryl comprises a total of 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms, and is referred to as 5-membered, 6-membered or 7-membered heteroaryl, respectively.
- heteroaryl include but is not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, benzofuranyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinonyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benz
- “Small-scale protocol” denotes a procedure, exemplified in MacDiarmid et al. (2007), in which bacterially derived vesicles such as minicells are loaded with a therapeutic payload in a buffered liquid, typically PBS buffer, which is on the order of milliliters in volume, e.g., 1 to 2 ml, after which the loaded minicells are subjected to multiple washing steps, involving centrifugation, supernatant discarding and minicell resuspension, again in milliliter volumes of buffered liquid.
- a buffered liquid typically PBS buffer
- large-scale process refers to methodology of the present invention where loaded minicells are subjected to multiple (e.g., 3 to 5) washing steps in which cross-flow filtration is employed (without centrifugation) with volumes on the order of tens of liters (e.g., about 20 liters) per step of PBS buffer or other buffered liquid suitable for cell biology research, such as HEPES-buffered saline, borate-buffered saline and Tris-buffered saline.
- the step of loading minicells with a therapeutic payload is carried out in a volume of buffered liquid that is preferably on the order of about 100 milliliters or more, where the buffered liquid, such as PBS buffer, optionally has a concentration of a binary ionic compound, such as KCl, that is on the order of about 200 mM or more.
- phrases “pharmaceutical grade” denotes a lacking of parental cell contamination, cell debris, free endotoxin and other pyrogens that is sufficient to meet regulatory requirements for human intravenous administration. See, e.g., “Guidance for Industry—Pyrogen and Endotoxins Testing,” U.S. Food and Drug Administration (June 2012).
- Residue of a compound denotes the moiety obtained by removal from a compound of an atom or moiety, such as a hydrogen atom, a —OH, or a —CO—CH 3 group. In some embodiments, therefore, a residue of a compound is the moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a compound.
- Substituted heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group that is substituted with from 1 to 8, or in some embodiments 1 to 5, or 1 to 3, or 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of the substituents defined for substituted aryl.
- Stereoisomer and “stereoisomers” denote compound(s) differing in the chirality of one or more stereocenters. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. The compounds of this invention may exist in stereoisomeric form if they possess one or more asymmetric centers or a double bond with asymmetric substitution and, therefore, can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual stereoisomers as well as mixtures. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known, as evidenced by the discussion in Chapter 4 of M ARCH'S A DVANCED O RGANIC C HEMISTRY , 7th ed. (Wiley, 2013).
- “Tautomer” refers to alternate forms of a compound that differ in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a ring atom attached to both a ring —NH— moiety and a ring ⁇ N— moiety, such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.
- reference herein to a “compound” includes its tautomers as well.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and includes, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and tetraalkylammonium.
- acid addition salts of organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, 4-to
- Salts also can be formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
- a metal ion e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion
- an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are suitable for administration in a patient and possess desirable pharmacological properties. Suitable salts further include those described in H ANDBOOK OF P HARMACEUTICAL S ALTS : P ROPERTIES , S ELECTION, AND U SE , 2d ed. (Wiley, 2011).
- Payment in this description identifies or qualifies biologically active material that is to be loaded or that has been loaded into a minicell for delivery to a targeted host cell.
- the inventors discovered that fluorescence per se greatly increases the loading efficiency of a small molecule compound into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle.
- the examples below show that unmodified paclitaxel can be packaged into a minicell to reach a concentration of 2,115 copies (molecules) per minicell (Example 9), and while a water soluble derivative of paclitaxel, TF.Pac, can reach 50,000 copies per minicell (Example 10), both by co-incubation with the minicells.
- both of two fluorescent derivatives of paclitaxel FLUTAX-1 and an FITC-conjugated paclitaxel (FCP) can be loaded into minicells to arrive at high concentrations of 270,000 copies (Example 2) and 230,000 copies per minicell (Example 4). These concentrations are higher by 127-fold and 109-fold, respectively, relative to that reached by the unmodified (underivatized), non-fluorescent compound.
- doxorubicin and mitoxantrone reach about 800,000 copies (Example 6) and 759,000 copies per minicell (Examples 12), respectively.
- Fluorescent compounds BacLightTM Green dye (Example 5), SYTO 9 (Example 7), and 9-AAHH (Example 8) also exhibit high loading efficiency.
- Example 3 Yet another fluorescent conjugate of paclitaxel, Paclitaxel Oregon Green-488, reaches such high concentrations as well (Example 3).
- a fluorescent derivative of vinblastine, BODIPY® FL likewise is loaded into minicells with high efficiency, as Example 1 demonstrates.
- Such loading is not possible with unmodified vinblastine, a fact that was not apparent from the disclosure by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, of using BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine as well as Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel to document, by fluorescent microscopy, the loading of minicells with a drug. See FIGS. 1(E) and (F) of MacDiarmid et al. (2007), at page 432 (legend).
- Another surprising aspect of the invention is that the high loading efficiency of fluorescent compounds seems unrelated to the hydrophilicity or the hydrophobicity of a given compound.
- paclitaxel is hydrophobic while both TF.Pac and FCP are water-soluble, and yet the loading efficiency of FCP is 5-fold greater than that of TF.Pac.
- FCP and FLUTAX-1 have the same fluorescein fluorophore, but its attachment is at the C2′ position for FCP rather than at the C7 position, as in FLUTAX-1. Yet both derivatives achieve similar loading efficiency, in terms of final intra-minicell compound concentration.
- Example 11 illustrates, moreover, that quenching by folic acid of the doxorubicin fluorescence dose-dependently decreases the loading efficiency of doxorubicin into minicells. This phenomenon further highlights the role of fluorescence per se in enhanced compound loading into minicells, pursuant to the invention.
- Loading methodology according to the invention requires a concentration gradient, i.e., a concentration of compound that is higher extracellularly than intracellularly.
- a concentration gradient i.e., a concentration of compound that is higher extracellularly than intracellularly.
- the involvement of a fluorescent compound results in loading rates and intra-vesicle concentrations that are greater than what may be explained conventionally in terms of the concentration gradient alone.
- the intracellular concentration of the compound increases and then surpasses the extracellular concentration, and movement of compound into minicells continues until a de facto saturation is reached. That the presence of ions in the medium potentiates the fluorescence-mediated enhancement of loading intact, bacterially derived vesicles, as Example 13 illustrates, likewise is not an obvious function of the concentration gradient.
- compositions therefore are provided that include an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle enclosing a compound that displays fluorescence.
- the fluorescence is either (A) intrinsic (autofluorescence) or (B) extrinsic, i.e., fluorescence by virtue of an energy transfer moiety, as defined below, that was introduced chemically beforehand.
- the subcategory (A) of autofluorescent compounds in principle encompasses any small molecule compound, as defined below, that intrinsically displays fluorescence upon exposure to a certain wavelength of electromagnetic radiation, typically but not necessarily in the visual spectrum.
- the present invention in relation to subcategory (A) contemplates the loading of any autofluorescent compound into an intact, bacterially derived vesicle, including a minicell or a killed bacterial cell, by means of the large-scale process defined above.
- subcategory (A) encompasses compositions comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles that contain an autofluorescent compound selected from subcategory (A) exclusive of any one or more or all of the following compounds, which were disclosed previously without reference to or implication of the presently described fluorescence effect on vesicle loading: doxorubicin (excitation 480 nm, emission 580 nm); irinotecan, a semisynthetic analogue of camptothecin, with an excitation maximum around 360 nm and an emission maximum at about 440 nm; bisantrene (excitation, 410 nm; emission, 517 nm); topotecan (excitation, 382 nm; emission, 523 nm); epirubicin (excitation, 474 nm; emission, 551 nm); daunorubicin (excitation, 488 nm; emission, 575 nm);
- dynemicin A a natural cyclic enediyne, as well as fluorescent analogues of dynemicin A (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,281,710, the contents of which are incorporated here by reference); acridine orange, with an excitation maximum at 502 nm and an emission maximum at 525 nm (green); and camptothecin, a natural alkaloid with an excitation maximum at 360 nm and an emission maximum at 440 nm.
- nemorubicin (3′-deamino-3′-[2(S)-methoxy-4-morpholinyl]doxorubicin) a/k/a MMDX
- PNU-159682 (3′-deamino-3′′-4′-anhydro-[2′′(S)-methoxy 3′′(R)-hydroxy-4′′-morpholinyl]doxorubicin), the structural formula of which is shown below, as well as these four other such derivatives described in U.S. Pat. No.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of any of the aforementioned derivatives also is a member, pursuant to the invention, of this group of autofluorescent morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives.
- the subcategory (B) of extrinsically fluorescent compounds encompasses any compound that comprises, inter alia, (i) an active constituent or portion and (ii) an energy transfer moiety, defined below.
- the active constituent can be a drug or an active part of a drug, to which the energy transfer moiety is added by a derivatization reaction.
- the result can be a conjugate, where the product of the derivatization reaction incorporates the drug or active part thereof joined, as such, to the energy transfer moiety, with or without a linker; or it can be a structural analog, where the reaction product evinces a structural similarity to the drug or the active part thereof but differs in that one or more atoms, functional groups, or substructures are replaced in the drug or active part with other atoms, groups, or substructures in the structural analog.
- the present invention in relation to subcategory (B) contemplates the loading of any extrinsically fluorescent compound into an intact, bacterially derived vesicle, including a minicell or a killed bacterial cell, by means of the large-scale process.
- the invention in relation to subcategory (B) encompasses compositions comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles that contain an extrinsically fluorescent compound selected from subcategory (B), exclusive of minicell-containing compositions in which the constituent minicells consist of those containing Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel or BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine.
- Such excluded minicell-containing compositions were disclosed by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, without reference to or implication of the presently described effect of fluorescence on transmembrane movement of compounds into such vesicles.
- the linker can have a half-life such that the linker degrades, when the compound is loaded into the vesicle or when a period of time has elapsed or within a range of time thereafter (see below), to release the active constituent of the extrinsically fluorescent conjugate.
- the linker group can be labile within the target cell. That is, the linker can be subject to thermal, pH-dependent, chemical (e.g., hydrolytic), or enzymatic cleavage, whereupon the active constituent is released into the cell, post-uptake.
- labile linkers have been developed, for instance, in the context of antibody-drug conjugates, and are readily adapted for use in the present invention. See Ducry and Stump, Bioconjugate Chem. 21: 5-13 (2010), plus further discussion below.
- the above-mentioned “energy transfer moiety” is a group that, upon excitation by electromagnetic radiation of an appropriate wavelength, transfers energy to a nearby energy receptor.
- the “appropriate” wavelength is any wavelength of electromagnetic radiation that excites electrons in the energy transfer moiety so that they enter an energy level whereby, upon relaxation, the electron either is released from the energy transfer moiety or causes release of electromagnetic radiation from the energy transfer moiety.
- Illustrative energy transfer moieties are groups that have a conjugated pi-electron system. Conjugated pi-systems include, for instance, coordination of multiple double bonds, coordination of multiple aromatic groups, coordination of double bonds with aromatic groups, coordination of heterocyclic aromatic groups, and the like. Illustrative energy transfer moieties are acridinyl groups, xanthenyl groups, anthracenyl groups, benzimidazolyl groups, phenanthrenyl groups, pyridinyl groups, quinolinyl groups, and porphorinyl groups.
- the energy receptor to which energy is transferred in keeping with the invention, is believed to be associated with one or more transmembrane structures of the nonliving bacterial vesicle. According to this perspective, when energy transfer is effected from the energy transfer moiety then the transmembrane structure(s) receive(s) the energy transferred, whether via an electron or an emission of light.
- the present disclosure relates an approach for providing a modified (derivatized) form of the given compound, which is fluorescent, for loading such compounds into intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles and, through such vesicles, then for introducing them into a target mammalian cell. While most molecules will be less than about 900 daltons in size, attaching a fluorescent molecule or altering the drug's structure to enhance loading of the drug into minicells, may increase its molecular weight up to about 1500 daltons.
- the invention contemplates conjugating a biologically active but non-fluorescent compound with a fluorescent moiety to form a “modified compound” of the formula:
- D is the compound or an active constituent thereof
- L is a linker
- F is a fluorescent moiety.
- Such a fluorescent modified compound can be incubated with an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle under conditions allowing the modified compound to enter the vesicle, pursuant to the invention.
- the linker L can be such that the compound or active constituent D is released from the fluorescent moiety F after a period of time or under certain conditions.
- the linker can have a half-life in the vesicle such that the linker degrades, sometime after the modified compound is loaded, to release D within the vesicle.
- the linker L can be stable inside the vesicle but labile in the endosome or lysosome of a mammalian cell.
- the linker upon uptake by a target mammalian cell and exposure to the environment within the endosomal or lysosomal compartment, the linker degrades under the impact of an environmental factor, such as pH or enzyme action, to release the active constituent in the endosome or lysosome.
- an environmental factor such as pH or enzyme action
- the modified compound does not have the biological activity of the unmodified compound and remains in that “inactive” state inside the vesicle.
- Degradation of the linker in the endosome or lysosome results in release of an active form or species, namely, of active constituent D.
- the fluorescent moiety can be linked to the biologically active compound at a position that partially or completely inhibits the activity of the latter.
- a biologically active compound typically has one or more external reactive groups that are important for biological activity. Chemical modification or derivatization of these reactive groups can reduce or even eliminate the biological activity of the compound. Such is illustrated by certain modified compounds, discussed in the examples below, that do not possess the biological activity associated with the corresponding unmodified compounds.
- the modified compound can have a molecular weight of at least about 1000 Daltons, or alternatively at least about 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, or 1500 Daltons.
- the compound or the modified compound can be hydrophobic, while in another aspect, hydrophilic. In yet another aspect the compound or the modified compound is water-soluble.
- the invention provides in one aspect a composition
- a composition comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles, in the form of minicells and/or killed bacterial cells, and a compound of the formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, where D is the residue of a non-fluorescent small molecule compound such as a drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety.
- D is the residue of a non-fluorescent small molecule compound such as a drug
- L is a linker
- F is a fluorescent moiety.
- the composition is useful particularly for the fact that loading the compound into the vesicles is facilitated over the instance of the unmodified small molecular compound.
- the bacterial vesicle of this description is an intact, bacterially derived minicell.
- each such vesicle i.e., minicell
- the minicells enclose at least about 200 ng, or at least 300 ng, 400 ng, 500 ng, 600 ng, 700 ng, 800 ng, 900 ng, or 1,000 ng of a given fluorescent compound or combination of fluorescent compounds per 10 9 minicells.
- the amount loaded per 10 9 minicells of a comparable non-fluorescent compound typically is an order of magnitude smaller, i.e., on the order of tens of nanograms.
- the intact, nonliving vesicle is a killed bacterial cell.
- a given killed bacterial cell has a capacity that is about 3-4 times greater than that of a minicell.
- the killed bacterial cell can be packaged at least about 400,000 copies of the modified compound. More particularly, each killed bacterial cell can be packaged with at least about 800,000 copies or, alternatively, with at least about 1,200,000, about 1,600,000, about 2,000,000, about 2,400,000, about 2,800,000, about 3,200,000, about 3,600,000 or about 4 million copies of the compound.
- Such killed bacterial cells can enclose at least about 800 ng, or at least 1,200 ng, 1,600 ng, 2,000 ng, 2,400 ng, 2,800 ng, 3,200 ng, 3,600 ng, or 4,000 ng of the compound per 10 9 killed cells.
- intact, bacterially derived vesicle and “intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle” synonymously refer to a vesicular derivative of a bacterial cell, including a killed bacterial cell and a bacterial minicell, which cannot reproduce and which is unable actively to initiate an entry into a mammalian cell.
- intact connotes regular continuity and structural integrity in the cell envelope, i.e., in the plasma membrane and the surrounding cell wall, which includes multiple layers (for vesicles derived from Gram-positive bacterial cells) or a bilayer outer membrane around a single-layer cell wall (for vesicles derived from Gram-negative bacterial cells). See B ERGEY'S M ANUAL OF S YSTEMATIC B IOLOGY , 2nd ed. (Springer, 2012).
- the phrase “intact killed bacterial cells” denotes intact, non-living prokaryotic cells of bacteria, cyanobacteria, eubacteria or archaebacteria, possessing an intact cell envelope and containing genetic material (nucleic acid) that is endogenous to the bacterial species. Id.
- a composition of killed bacterial cells are isolated as thoroughly as possible from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants. Methodology for purifying intact killed bacterial cells is described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862, the relevant contents of which are incorporated by reference here. Briefly, live bacterial cells can be killed by antibiotics, followed by removal of cell debris and free endotoxins.
- Minicell refers to a derivative of a bacterial cell that is lacking in chromosomes (“chromosome-free”) and that is engendered by a disturbance in the coordination, during binary fission, of cell division with DNA segregation.
- Minicells are distinct from other small vesicles, such as so-called “membrane blebs” ( ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ m or less in size), which are generated and released spontaneously in certain situations but which are not due to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression.
- intact minicells are distinct from bacterial ghosts, which are not generated due to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression.
- Bacterially derived minicells employed in this disclosure are fully intact, as discussed above, and thus are distinguished from other chromosome-free forms of bacterial cellular derivatives characterized by an outer or defining membrane that is disrupted or degraded, even removed. See U.S. Pat. No. 7,183,105 at column 111, lines 54 et seq.
- the intact membrane that characterizes the minicells of the present disclosure allows retention of the therapeutic payload within the minicell until the payload is released, post-uptake, within a tumor cell.
- the minicell employed in accordance with this disclosure can be prepared from bacterial cells, such as E. coli and S. typhymurium .
- Prokaryotic chromosomal replication is linked to normal binary fission, which involves mid-cell septum formation.
- mutation of min genes, such as minCD can remove the inhibition of septum formation at the cell poles during cell division, resulting in production of a normal daughter cell and a chromosome-less minicell. See de Boer et al., J. Bacteriol. 174: 63-70 (1992); Raskin and de Boer, J. Bacteriol. 181: 6419-24 (1999); Hu and Lutkenhaus, Mol. Microbiol. 34: 82-90 (1999); and Harry, Mol. Microbiol. 40: 795-803 (2001).
- chromosome-less minicells are generated following a range of other genetic rearrangements or mutations that affect septum formation, for example, in the divIVBI in B. subtilis . See Reeve and Cornett, J. Virol. 15: 1308-16 (1975). Minicells also can be formed following a perturbation in the levels of gene expression of proteins involved in cell division/chromosome segregation. For instance, over-expression of minE leads to polar division and production of minicells. Similarly, chromosome-less minicells can result from defects in chromosome segregation, e.g., the smc mutation in Bacillus subtilis (Britton et al., Genes Dev.
- minicells can be prepared for the present disclosure from any bacterial cell, be it of Gram-positive or Gram-negative origin.
- the minicells used in the disclosure should possess intact cell walls (i.e., are “intact minicells”), as noted above, and should be distinguished over and separated from other small vesicles, such as membrane blebs, which are not attributable to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression.
- the parental (source) bacteria for the minicells can be Gram-positive or they can be Gram-negative, as mentioned.
- Parental bacteria thus can be selected, for example, from any one or more of the taxons Terrabacteria (BV1), which includes the Gram-positive phyla (Actinobacteria and Firmicutes), among others; Proteobacteria (BV2), a phylum of which all members are Gram-negative; and category BV4, which includes Spirochaetes, Sphingobacteria, and Planctobacteria as well as other Gram-negative bacteria, such as Acidobacteria.
- BV1 taxons Terrabacteria
- Actinobacteria and Firmicutes Proteobacteria
- category BV4 which includes Spirochaetes, Sphingobacteria, and Planctobacteria as well as other Gram-negative bacteria, such as Acidobacteria.
- the bacteria from which killed bacterial cells or minicells are prepared are selected from one or more of the taxons Firmicutes (BV3), such as Bacilli, Clostridia and Tenericutes/Mollicutes, and Actinobacteria (BV5), such as Actinomycetales and Bifidobacteriales.
- BV3 Firmicutes
- BV5 Actinobacteria
- the parental bacteria are selected from any one or more of Eobacteria (Chlorofexi, Deinococcus-Thermus), Cyanobacteria, Thermodesulfobacteria, thermophiles (Aquificae, Thermotogae), Alpha, Beta, Gamma (Enterobacteriaceae), Delta or Epsilon Proteobacteria, Spirochaetes, Fibrobacteres, Chlorobi/Bacteroidetes, Chlamydiae/errcomicrobia, Planctomycetes, Acidobacteria, Chrysiogenetes, Deferribacteres, Fusobacteria, Gemmatimonadetes, Nitrospirae, Synergistetes, Dictyoglomi, Lentisphaerae Bacillales, Bacillaceae, Listeriaceae, Staphylococcaceae, Lactobacillales, Enterococcaceae, Lactobacillacea
- compositions of the present disclosure should comprise killed bacterial cells or minicells that are isolated as thoroughly as possible from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants.
- Methodology for purifying bacterially derived minicells to remove free endotoxin and parent bacterial cells are described in WO2004/113507, which is incorporated by reference here in its entirety. Briefly, the purification process achieves removal of (a) smaller vesicles, such as membrane blebs, which are generally smaller than 0.2 ⁇ m in size, (b) free endotoxins released from cell membranes, and (c) parental bacteria, whether live or dead, and their debris, which are sources of free endotoxins, too.
- Such removal can be implemented with, inter alia, a 0.2 ⁇ m filter to remove smaller vesicles and cell debris, a 0.45 ⁇ m filter to remove parental cells following induction of the parental cells to form filaments, antibiotics to kill live bacterial cells, and antibodies against free endotoxins.
- minicells Underlying the purification procedure is a discovery by the present inventors that, despite the difference of their bacterial sources, all intact minicells are approximately 400 nm in size, i.e., larger than membrane blebs and other smaller vesicles and yet smaller than parental bacteria. Size determination for minicells can be accomplished by using solid-state, such as electron microscopy, or by liquid-based techniques, e.g., dynamic light scattering. The size value yielded by each such technique can have an error range, and the values can differ somewhat between techniques. Thus, the size of minicells in a dried state can be measured via electron microscopy as approximately 400 nm ⁇ 50 nm.
- dynamic light scattering can measure the same minicells to be approximately 500 nm ⁇ 50 nm in size. Also, drug-packaged, ligand-targeted minicells can be measured, again using dynamic light scattering, to be approximately 600 nm ⁇ 50 nm.
- This scatter of size values is readily accommodated in practice, e.g., for purposes of isolating minicells from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants, as described above. That is, an intact, bacterially derived minicell is characterized by cytoplasm surrounded by a rigid membrane, which gives the minicell a rigid, spherical structure. This structure is evident in transmission-electron micrographs, in which minicell diameter is measured, across the minicell, between the outer limits of the rigid membrane. This measurement provides the above-mentioned size value of 400 nm ⁇ 50 nm.
- LPS lipopolysaccharide
- the component is a chain of repeat carbohydrate-residue units, with as many as 70 to 100 repeat units of four to five sugars per chain. Because these chains are not rigid, in a liquid environment, as in vivo, they can adopt a waving, flexible structure that gives the general appearance of seaweed in a coral sea environment; i.e., the chains move with the liquid while remaining anchored to the minicell membrane.
- dynamic light scattering can provide a value for minicell size of about 500 nm to about 600 nm, as noted above. Nevertheless, minicells from Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria alike readily pass through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter, which substantiates an effective minicell size of 400 nm ⁇ 50 nm.
- the above-mentioned scatter in sizes is encompassed by the present invention and, in particular, is denoted by the qualifier “approximately” in the phrase “approximately 400 nm in size” and the like.
- a composition of the disclosure can contain less than about 350 EU free endotoxin.
- levels of free endotoxin of about 250 EU, about 200 EU, about 150 EU, about 100 EU, about 90 EU, about 80 EU, about 70 EU, about 60 EU, about 50 EU, about 40 EU, about 30 EU, about 20 EU, about 15 EU, about 10 EU, about 9 EU, about 8 EU, about 7 EU, about 6 EU, about 5 EU, about 4 EU, about 3 EU, about 2 EU, about 1 EU, about 0.9 EU, about 0.8 EU, about 0.7 EU, about 0.6 EU, about 0.5 EU, about 0.4 EU, about 0.3 EU, about 0.2 EU, about 0.1 EU, about 0.05 EU, and about 0.01 EU, respectively.
- a composition of the disclosure also can contain at least about 10 8 vesicles, e.g., at least about 5 ⁇ 10.
- the composition can contain on the order of 10 9 or 10 10 vesicles, e.g., 5 ⁇ 10 9 , 1 ⁇ 10 10 or 5 ⁇ 10 10 vesicles.
- a composition of the disclosure can contain fewer than about 10 contaminating live/parent bacterial cells, e.g., fewer than about 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 live/parent bacterial cells.
- this disclosure provides methodology for loading into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle a small molecule compound that is fluorescent.
- the small molecule compound can be intrinsically fluorescent (autofluorescent) or it can be extrinsically fluorescent, i.e., fluorescent by virtue of the addition of a fluorescent moiety to a non-fluorescent compound, whereupon the modified compound is loaded into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle.
- the small molecule compound can be a “small molecule drug,” which means that it is biologically active at the point of administration of the inventive composition or that it converts to a biologically active form (is “activated”) in vivo, post-administration.
- biologically active refers to the ability of a small molecule drug to react with protein, nucleic acid or other molecules in a cell, leading to a functional change in the cell. In one aspect the change is therapeutically desirable.
- the biological activity can be a cytotoxicity, for example, whereby the small molecule compound is a chemotherapeutic agent, i.e., it is a small molecule “chemotherapeutic drug.”
- chemotherapeutic drug chemotherapeutic agent
- chemotherapy are employed interchangeably to connote a small molecule drug that has the ability to kill or disrupt a neoplastic cell.
- the “small molecule drug” subcategory encompasses compounds characterized by having (i) an effect on a biological process and (ii) a relatively low molecular weight as compared to a protein or polymeric macromolecule.
- Small molecule drugs typically are about 900 Daltons or less, with a lower limit of about 150 Daltons, as illustrated by Temodar® (temozolomide), at about 194 Daltons, which is used to treat gliaoblastoma multiforme and other types of brain cancer.
- Temodar® temozolomide
- attaching a fluorescent molecule or altering the drug's structure to enhance loading of the drug into minicells may increase its molecular weight up to about 1500 daltons.
- a small molecule drug can have a molecular weight of about 1500 Daltons or less, about 1400 Daltons or less, about 1300 Daltons or less, about 1200 Daltons or less, about 1100 Daltons or less, about 1000 Daltons or less, about 900 Daltons or less, about 800 Daltons or less, about 700 Daltons or less, about 600 Daltons or less, about 500 Daltons or less, or about 400 Daltons or less, e.g., in the range of about 150 to about 400 Daltons.
- a small molecule drug (unmodified, modified, or attached to a fluorescent molecule) can have a molecular weight of about 400 Daltons or more, about 450 Daltons or more, about 500 Daltons or more, about 550 Daltons or more, about 600 Daltons or more, about 650 Daltons or more, about 700 Daltons or more, about 750 Daltons or more, about 800 Daltons or more, about 850 Daltons or more, about 900 Daltons or more, about 950 Daltons or more, about 1000 Daltons or more, about 1050 Daltons or more, about 1100 Daltons or more, about 1150 Daltons or more, about 1200 Daltons or more, about 1250 Daltons or more, about 1300 Daltons or more, about 1350 Daltons or more, about 1400 Daltons or more, about 1450 Daltons or more, or about 1500 Daltons or more.
- the small molecule drug (unmodified, modified, or attached to a fluorescent molecule) packaged into the minicells has a molecular weight between about 400 and about 1300 Daltons, between about 400 and about 1100 Daltons, between about 400 and about 1000 Daltons, between about 450 and about 900 Daltons, between about 450 and about 850 Daltons, between about 450 and about 800 Daltons, between about 500 and about 800 Daltons, or between about 550 and about 750 Daltons.
- suitable small molecule chemotherapeutic drugs include but are not limited to nitrogen mustards, nitrosoureas, ethyleneimine, alkane sulfonates, tetrazine, platinum compounds, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs, anti-metabolites, folate analogs, anthracyclines, taxanes, vinca alkaloids, and topoisomerase inhibitors, inter alia.
- a small molecule chemotherapeutic drug for use in the present invention can be selected from among any of the following, inter alia: enediynes, such as dynemicin A, unicalamycin, calicheamicin ⁇ 1 and calicheamicin ⁇ 1; meayamicin, a synthetic analog of FR901464; benzosuberene derivatives as described, for example, by Tanpure et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem.
- auristatins such as auristatin E, mono-methyl auristatin E (MMAE), and auristatin F, which are synthetic analogs of dolastatin
- duocarmysins such as duocarmycin SA and CC-1065
- maytansine and its derivatives maytansinoids
- DM1 and DM4 maytansinoids
- irinotecan Camptosar®
- other topoisomerase inhibitors such as topotecan, etoposide, mitoxantrone and teniposide
- yatakemycin the synthesis of which is detailed by Okano et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 128: 7136-37 (2006).
- any one or more or all of the specific small molecule chemotherapeutic drugs detailed in this paragraph are illustrative of those suitable for use in accordance with the qualifications set out in section (C) above: actinomycin-D, alkeran, ara-C, anastrozole, BiCNU, bicalutamide, bleomycin, busulfan, capecitabine (Xeloda®), carboplatin, carboplatinum, carmustine, CCNU, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, CPT-11, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, cytosine arabinoside, cytoxan, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, dexrazoxane, docetaxel, DTIC, ethyleneimine, etoposide, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, flutamide, fotemustine, gemcitabine, hexamethylamine, hydroxy
- compositions within the invention are subject to exclusions in relation to intrinsically fluorescent drugs (subcategory (A)) and to extrinsically florescent active agents (subcategory (B)), respectively.
- the exclusions consist of doxorubicin, irinotecan, bisantrene, epirubicin, topotecan, epirubicin, daunorubicin, and mitoxantrone.
- the exclusions consist of Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel and BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine.
- D in the formula D-L-F is of formula D-I or D-II
- D in the formula D-L-F is of formula
- D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of a compound selected from:
- D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of paclitaxel.
- D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of docetaxel.
- D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of vinblastine or an analog thereof.
- Fluorescent moieties are well known in the art.
- the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 760 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 770 nm.
- the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 600 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 600 nm.
- the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 500 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 550 nm.
- the fluorescent moiety has an excitation wavelength selected from 380-450 nm, 450-495 nm, 495-570 nm, 570-590 nm, 590-620 nm, 620-650 nm, 650-700 nm or 700-760 nm. In some embodiments the fluorescent moiety has an emission wavelength selected from 380-450 nm, 450-495 nm, 495-570 nm, 570-590 nm, 590-620 nm 620-650 nm, 650-700 nm or 700-770 nm.
- the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 100 Daltons to about 1000 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these two values, or about 100 Daltons to about 650 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these two values. In other embodiments, the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 200, about 300, about 400, about 500, about 600, about 700, about 800, about 900 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these values. In yet other embodiments, the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 150, about 200, about 250, about 300, about 350, about 400, about 450, about 500, about 550, about 600, about 650 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these values.
- the fluorescent moiety (F) is a residue of a compound selected from a xanthene derivative, such as fluorescein, rhodamine, Oregon Green, cosin, and Texas Red; a cyanine derivative such as cyanine, indocarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine, thiacarbocyanine, and merocyanine; a naphthalene derivative such as dansyl and prodan derivatives; a coumarin derivative; a oxadiazole derivative such as pyridyloxazole, nitrobenzoxadiazole and benzoxadiazole; a anthracene derivatives such as anthraquinones, e.g., DRAQ5, DRAQ7 and CyTRAK Orange; a pyrene derivative such as cascade blue; a oxazine derivative such as Nile Red, Nile Blue, cresyl violet, and oxazine 170; a acrid
- R 21 is the point of connection to L.
- the fluorescent moiety (F) is a residue of a compound selected from:
- each R 30 is independently hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl or substituted C 1-4 alkyl, A 1 and A 2 are independently optionally substituted nitrogen containing heteroaryl, n is an integer selected from 1-10.
- the heteroaryl is pyrrole, imidazole, thiazole, pyridine, quinoline, indole, benzoxazole or benzothiazole.
- R 40 is R 30 and the other is R f , L 40 -R f , L 40 -OR f , L 40 -NHR f , L 40 is (CH 2 ) m , wherein one or two CH 2 groups are optionally replaced with O, S, SO, SO 2 , C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)NH, NHC(O), NH or optionally substituted phenyl, and R f is a point of connection to L.
- R 32 is the point of connection to L.
- the linker (L) of the present disclosure connects a fluorescent moiety or fluorophore to a small molecule compound.
- the linker is a bond, i.e., the fluorescent moiety is linked to the small molecule compound directly.
- the attachment of the fluorescent moiety does not significantly reduce the activity of the drug (D), thereby the modified compound is biologically active and/or pharmaceutically effective. In some embodiments, the attachment of the fluorescent moiety reduces or eliminates the activity of the drug (D), thereby the modified compound has a reduced biological and/or pharmaceutical activity or alternatively is biologically inactive and/or pharmaceutically ineffective.
- linkers suitable for this purpose include linkers well known for purposes of conjugating two molecules.
- the linker (L) is stable and does not degrade upon administration, and the conjugate of the fluorescent moiety and the drug is biologically and/or pharmaceutically active.
- exemplary stable linkers include but are not limited to acetylalanine (see Example 2) and beta-alanine (see Example 3).
- the linker has a half-life under physiological conditions (e.g., in a non-lyophilized state) that is longer than the minicell loading time such that the fluorescent moiety/fluorophore and the small molecule compound become separate upon break-down of the linker after the modified compound is loaded into the minicell. Generally speaking, it takes about 4 hours to load the minicells.
- the half-life of the linker can be at least 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 16 hours, 18 hours, 20 hours, 22 hours, or 24 hours.
- the half-life of the linker is within 6-24 hour or 8-24 hours.
- the 2′-(3-aminopropanoyl) moiety has a half-life of about 8 hours.
- the linker is stable within the bacterial vesicle but can be pH-sensitive and, hence, is less stable at a pH lower than neutral. Since the pH in the endosome/lysosome is significantly lower than in the normal cellular environment, such a pH-sensitive linker is only degradable in the endosome/lysosome of a target mammalian cell. Under such acidic conditions the linker may be hydrolyzed. For example, esters may be hydrolyzed to an alcohol residue and a carboxylic acid, or amides may be hydrolyzed to an amine and a carboxylic acid.
- pH-sensitive linkers are known is illustrated, for instance, by Nie et al. in P OLYMERIC B IOMATERIALS : M EDICINAL AND P HARMACEUTICAL A PPLICATIONS , Chapter 16, pages 413-32 (Dumitriu ed., 2013), which describes acid-labile linkers used in drug delivery.
- International patent application WO2006/108052 also describes acid-labile linkers, which are degradable under conditions found in lysosomes.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,521,431 describes the use as linkers of glycolic or lactic acid, hydroxy esters, such as 3-hydroxy butyric acid, 2-hydroxy propanoic acid, and 5-hydroxy caproic acid, amino acids, ortho-esters, anhydrides, phosphazines, phosphoesters.
- R′ and R′′ are independently an electron lone pair, an oxygen moiety such as ⁇ O, or a nitrogen moiety such as ⁇ N—R x , wherein R x is a homo- or heterogenous group of atoms;
- A is a conjunction moiety; and
- Q is a direct bond, a C ⁇ O, a C ⁇ NH or C ⁇ NR p group, wherein R p is a C 1 -C 3 alkyl and R 9 can either be a hydrogen atom or a C 1 -C 3 alkyl group.
- x, y, z are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, with the proviso that at least one of x, y, and z is not 0. In some embodiments, x, y, and z are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- any given compound presents a divalent radical when acting as a linker, such that it can link a drug and a fluorescent moiety to provide a modified (fluorescent) compound in accordance with the invention.
- the linker (L) is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—O—, —C(O)NH—, —OC(O)—(CHR 50 ) q NR 51 C(O)—, and —OC(O)—(CHR 50 ) q C(O)NR 51 —(CHR 52 ) u —NH—C(S)—NH—, where R 50 , R 51 and R 52 are independently H or C 1-4 alkyl, and q and u are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7.
- L is selected from the group consisting of: —O—C(O)—CH(CH 3 )—NHC(O)—, —O—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 2 NH—CO—, and —O—C(O)—(CH 2 ) 3 C(O)NH—(CH 2 —NH—C(S)—NH—.
- the linker is —(CHR 52 ) p —, where at least one of —(CHR 52 )— is replaced with one from the group of —O—, —(CHR 52 )—O) q —, —S—, —S—S—, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)O—, and —CR 52 ⁇ NNH, where R 52 is H or C 1-4 alkyl; and where p is an integer selected from 2-10 and q is an integer selected from 1-7. In some embodiments, p is an integer of from 2 to 10, inclusive, and q is an integer from 1 to 7, inclusive.
- the compound-loaded, intact and nonliving bacterial vesicles of a composition as described above are directed to a target mammalian tumor cell via a ligand.
- the ligand is “bispecific.” That is, the ligand displays a specificity for both minicell and mammalian (tumor) cell components, such that it causes a given vesicle to bind to the target cell, whereby the latter engulfs the former.
- bispecific ligands to target a minicell to a tumor cell is further described in WO 05/056749 and WO 05/079854, and use of bispecific ligands to target a killed bacterial cell to a tumor cell is further described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862, the respective contents of which are incorporated here by reference in its entirety.
- the unoccupied specificity (“monospecificity”) of the ligand pertains until it interacts with the target (tumor) mammalian cell.
- the ligand can be attached to the cell membrane of the vesicles by virtue of the interaction between the ligand and a component on the cell membrane, such as a polysaccharide, a glycoprotein, or a polypeptide.
- the expressed ligand is anchored on the surface of a vesicle such that the surface component-binding portion of the ligand is exposed so that the portion can bind the target mammalian cell surface component when the vesicle and the mammalian cell come into contact.
- the ligand can be expressed and displayed by a living counterpart of a bacterially derived vesicle, e.g., by the parent cell of a minicell or by a bacterial cell before it becomes a killed cell.
- the ligand does not require a specificity to the vesicle and only displays a specificity to a component that is characteristic of mammalian cells. That is, such component need not be unique to tumor cells, per se, or even to the particular kind of tumor cells under treatment, so long as the tumor cells present the component on their surface.
- vesicles Upon intravenous administration, vesicles accumulate rapidly in the tumor microenvironment. This accumulation, occurring as a function of the above-described leaky tumor vasculature, effects delivery of vesicle-packaged therapeutic payload to cells of the tumor, which then internalize packaged vesicles.
- ligands that comprise an antibody or antibody derivative (see below) directed at an anti-HER2 receptor or anti-EGF receptor can bind minicells to the respective receptors on a range of targeted non-phagocytic cells, such as lung, ovarian, brain, breast, prostate, and skin cancer cells.
- a suitable target cell presents a cell surface component the binding of which, by a ligand on a vesicle, elicits endocytosis of that vesicle.
- the present inventors discovered that the interaction between (a) the ligand on a minicell or a killed bacterial cell and (b) a mammalian cell surface receptor can activate an uptake pathway, called here a “receptor-mediated endocytosis” (rME) pathway, into the late-endosomal/lysosomal compartment of the target host cell, such as a tumor cell.
- rME receptor-mediated endocytosis pathway
- the inventors found, bacterially derived vesicles are processed through the early endosome, the late endosome and the lysosome, resulting in release of their payload into the cytoplasm of the mammalian host cell.
- a payload that is a nucleic acid not only escapes complete degradation in the late-endosomal/lysosomal compartment but also is expressed by the host cell.
- a ligand for this delivery approach can be “bispecific,” as described above, because it binds to surface components on a payload-carrying vesicle and on a target cell, respectively, and its interaction with the latter component leads to uptake of the vesicle into the rME pathway.
- a given target cell-surface component can be a candidate for binding by the ligand, pursuant to the invention, if interaction with the component in effect accesses an endocytic pathway that entails a cytosolic internalization from the target cell surface.
- Such candidates are readily assessed for suitability in the invention via an assay in which a cell type that presents on its surface a candidate component is co-incubated in vitro with minicells carrying a ligand that binds the candidate and that also is joined to a fluorescent dye or other marker amenable to detection, e.g., visually via confocal microscopy.
- an in vitro assay of this sort is described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), in the legend to FIG. 3 at page 436.
- an observed internalization of the marker constitutes a positive indication by such an assay that the tested target cell-surface component is suitable for the present invention.
- candidate target cell-surface components are members of (A) the receptor tyrosine kinases or “RKTs,” a family of transmembrane proteins that undergo constitutive internalization (endocytosis) at a rate similar to that of other integral membrane proteins.
- RKTs receptor tyrosine kinases
- endocytosis constitutive internalization
- the family of RKTs is described, for instance, by Lemmon and Schlessinger, Cell 141: 1117-134 (2010).
- the table below lists, in twenty subfamilies, all fifty-eight RTKs in the human proteome, any one or more of which may be tested for suitability in the invention, as described above (see also FIG. 24 ).
- RTKs ErbB EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 Ins InsR, IGF1R, InsRR PDGF PDGFR ⁇ , PDGFR ⁇ , CSF1R/Fms, Kit/SCFR, Fit3/Flk2 VEGF VEGFR1/Fit1, VEGFR2/KDR, VEGFR3/Fit4 FGF FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4 PTK7 PTK7/CCK4 Trk TrkA, TrkB, TrkC Ror Ror1, Ror2 MuSK MuSK Met Met, Ron Axl Axl, Mer, Tyro3 Tie Tie1, Tie2 Eph EphA1-8, EphA10, EphB1-4, EphB6 Ret Ret Ryk Ryk DDR DDR1, DDR2 Ros Ros LMR LMR1, LMR2, LMR3 ALK ALK, LTK STYK1 SuRTK106/STYK1
- cytokine receptor membrane-associated, high-affinity folate binding proteins
- C the subgroup of membrane-bound cytokine receptors that play a role in the internalization of a cognate cytokine, such as IL13
- D the surface antigens, such as CD20, CD33, mesothelin and HM1.24, that are expressed on certain cancer cells and that mediate the internalization of cognate monoclonal antibodies, e.g., rituximab in the instance of CD20
- E the family of adhesion receptors (integrins), transmembrane glyproteins that are trafficked through the endosomal pathway and are major mediators of cancer cell adhesion to extracellular matrix.
- the ligand can be any polypeptide or polysaccharide that exhibits the desired specificity or specificities, as the case may be.
- Preferred ligands are antibodies.
- the term “antibody” encompasses an immunoglobulin molecule obtained by in vitro or in vivo generation of an immunogenic response. Accordingly, the “antibody” category includes monoclonal antibodies and humanized antibodies, as well as antibody derivatives, such as single-chain antibody fragments (scFv), bispecific antibodies, etc.
- scFv single-chain antibody fragments
- a large number of different bispecific protein and antibody-based ligands are known, as evidenced by the review article of Caravella and Lugovskoy, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 14: 520-28 (2010), which is incorporated here by reference in its entirety.
- Antibodies useful in accordance with the present disclosure can be obtained as well by known recombinant DNA techniques.
- an antibody that carries specificity for a surface component can be used to target minicells to cells in a tumor to be treated, pursuant to the invention.
- Illustrative cell surface receptors in this regard include any of the RTKs epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) and insulin-like growth factor receptor (IGFR), each of which is highly expressed in several solid tumors, including brain tumors, and folate receptor, which is overexpressed in some pituitary adenomas.
- EGFR epidermal growth factor receptor
- VEGFR vascular endothelial growth factor receptor
- PDGFR platelet-derived growth factor receptor
- IGFR insulin-like growth factor receptor
- Such a bispecific ligand can be targeted as well to mutant or variant receptors, e.g., the IL-13R ⁇ 2 receptor, which is expressed in 50% to 80% of human glioblastoma multiforme tumors, see Wykosky et al., Clin Cancer Res. 14: 199-208 (2008), Jarboe et al., Cancer Res. 67: 7983-86 (2007), Debinski et al., J. Neurooncol. 48: 103-11 (2000), and Okada et al., J. Bacteriol. 176: 917-22 (1994), but which differs from its physiological counterpart IL4R/IL13R, expressed in normal tissues. See Hershey, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol.
- IL13R ⁇ 2 is virtually absent from normal brain cells. See Debinski and Gibo, Mol. Med. 6: 440-49 (2000). Additionally, tumors that metastasize to the brain may overexpress certain receptors, which also can be suitable targets. For instance, Da Silva et al., Breast Cancer Res. 12: R46 (1-13) (2010), showed that brain metastases of breast cancer expressed all members of the HER family of RTKs. HER2 was amplified and overexpressed in 20% of brain metastases, EGFR was overexpressed in 21% of brain metastases, HER3 was overexpressed in 60% of brain metastases and HER4 was overexpressed in 22% of brain metastases. Interestingly, HER3 expression was increased in breast cancer cells residing in the brain.
- Formulations of a composition of the disclosure can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or vials, or in multi-dose containers, with or without an added preservative.
- the formulation can be a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- a suitable solution is isotonic with the blood of the recipient and is illustrated by saline, Ringers solution, and dextrose solution.
- formulations can be in lyophilized powder form, for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water or physiological saline.
- the formulations also can be in the form of a depot preparation.
- Such long-acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for instance, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
- a vesicle-containing composition that includes a therapeutically effective amount of a small molecule compound.
- a “therapeutically effective” amount of an anti-neoplastic agent is a dosage of the agent in question, in accordance with the present disclosure. If the small molecule compound is in an inactive form in the vesicle, then the “therapeutically effective” amount refers to the amount of the inactive compound that releases an effective amount of activated compound in the endosome/lysosome of a target cell.
- a therapeutically effective amount can be gauged by reference to the prevention or amelioration of the tumor or a symptom of the tumor, either in an animal model or in a human subject, when minicells carrying a therapeutic payload are administered, as further described below.
- An amount that proves “therapeutically effective amount” in a given instance, for a particular subject, may not be effective for 100% of subjects similarly treated for the tumor in question, even though such dosage is deemed a “therapeutically effective amount” by knowledgeable clinician.
- the appropriate dosage in this regard also will vary as a function, for example, of the type, stage, and severity of the tumor.
- in vitro testing (Examples 3 and 4) and in vivo testing (Examples 5, 7 and 8) according to the present disclosure, as well as of methodology for quantifying the distribution of drug in vivo (Example 9), when considered in light of the entire description, empower a person knowledgeable in pre-clinical and clinical testing of drug candidates to determine, through routine experimentation, the therapeutically effective amount of active agent for a particular indication.
- therapeutically effective is used to refer to the number of minicells in a pharmaceutical composition, the number can be ascertained based on what anti-neoplastic agent is packaged into the minicells and the efficacy of that agent in treating a tumor.
- the therapeutic effect in this regard can be measured with a clinical or pathological parameter such as tumor mass. Accordingly, reduction or reduced increase of tumor mass can be used to measure therapeutic effects.
- Formulations within the disclosure can be administered via various routes and to various sites in a mammalian body, to achieve the therapeutic effect(s) desired, either locally or systemically.
- the route of administration is intravenous injection.
- formulations of the disclosure can be used at appropriate dosages defined by routine testing, to obtain optimal physiological effect, while minimizing any potential toxicity.
- the dosage regimen can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including age, weight, sex, medical condition of the patient; the severity or stage of the tumor, the route of administration, and the renal and hepatic function of the patient.
- Optimal precision in achieving concentrations of vesicle and therapeutic agent within the range that yields maximum efficacy with minimal side effects can, and typically will, require a regimen based on the kinetics of agent availability to target sites and target cells. Distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of vesicles or agent can be considered when determining the optimal concentration for a treatment regimen.
- the dosage of vesicles and therapeutic agent, respectively, can be adjusted to achieve desired effects.
- the dosage administration of the formulations can be optimized using a pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling system.
- one or more dosage regimens can be chosen and a pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic model can be used to determine the pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic profile of one or more dosage regimens. Based on a particular such profile, one of the dosage regimens for administration then can be selected that achieves the desired pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic response. For example, see WO 00/67776.
- a formulation of the disclosure can be administered at least once a week to a tumor patient, over the course of several weeks.
- the formulation can be administered at least once a week, over a period of several weeks to several months.
- inventive formulations can be administered at least once a day for about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30 or about 31 days.
- the formulations can be administered about once every day or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30 or about 31 days or more.
- formulations can be administered about once every week or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19 or about 20 weeks or more.
- the formulations can be administered at least once a week for about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19 or about 20 weeks or more.
- the formulations can be administered about once every month or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11 or about 12 months or more.
- the formulations can be administered in a single daily dose.
- the total daily dosage can be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
- the inventors observed the effect of a fluorescence-related loading enhancement across a broad range of loaded compounds differing in fluorescence type (intrinsic versus extrinsic) and in compound structure. For extrinsically fluorescent compounds, differences concerned the nature, respectively, of the fluorophore and of the linker, if any.
- the examples relate the loading of a variety of fluorescent compounds into bacterially derived, intact vesicles.
- the starting material was a buffered composition of empty, intact minicells, derived from a minCDE-chromosomal deletion mutant of Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium ( S. typhimurium ), with a free endotoxin level of no more than about 5 EU per 10 9 minicells. See U.S. Pat. No. 8,449,877 (production of minicell compositions that are substantially lacking in free endotoxin).
- minicells For loading vesicles (here, minicells), the methodology in Examples 1-5, 7-10, 12, and 13 essentially conform with the small-scale protocol, described above and illustrated in MacDiarmid et al. (2007). For instance, in a given experiment empty minicells in PBS buffer could be added to a microfuge tube and centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes). After the resulting supernatant was discarded, the minicell pellet would be resuspended in PBS buffer, optionally with 0.01 (w/v) gelatin added (so-called “BSG buffer”), and incubated with the payload compound, generally at about 200 ⁇ g to about 1 mg per ml of minicell suspension.
- BSG buffer 0.01 gelatin added
- the loaded minicells thus obtained would be centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and the loading supernatant discarded. Loaded minicells then would be washed by resuspending the pellet in 1 ml of buffer, centrifuging the minicells (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and discarding the supernatant wash. Such a wash step usually was repeated three times. Finally, the minicells would be resuspended in PBS or BSG buffer.
- the fluorescent compound to be loaded is water-soluble, as was the case for many of the aforementioned examples, trapping of compound to vesicle outer surfaces is reduced in significance. As a consequence washing in small scale suffices, permitting use of the small-scale protocol.
- the loaded compound was doxorubicin, which is amphipathic rather than hydrophilic, and so trapping is a significant factor. Accordingly, while the loading step for these examples was in small scale, i.e., loading took place in about milliliter-scale volumes of buffered liquid, the washing steps involved cross-filtration (no centrifugation) with liter-scale volumes of buffered liquid, thus constituting a large-scale process.
- Example 14 compares the small-scale protocol with the large-scale process, highlighting improved consistency and purity achieved with the latter.
- the payload-packaged minicells were mounted onto glass slides for visualization by fluorescence microscopy, using a Leica model DM LB light microscope, 100 ⁇ magnification (Leica Microsystems, Germany). The results were captured using a Leica DC camera and Leica IM image management software, with appropriate filter employed to permit visualization of payload fluorescence.
- Vinblastine is an antimicrotubule drug conventionally used to treat certain kinds of cancer, including Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancer, and testicular cancer.
- Vinblastine BODIPY® FL is available commercially and was obtained from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand.
- the compound is a conjugate vinblastine, via a methylene linker, with the fluorescent dye BODIPY® FL.
- Other BODIPY fluorophores such as BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 630/650 and BODIPY 650/665, could be substituted for BODIPY® FL in this context.
- Vinblastine BODIPY® FL has well-defined fluorescent characteristics (excitation 505 nm, emission 513 nm; red fluorescence). Its structure is depicted below.
- Vinblastine BODIPY® FL was loaded (incubation in 1 mg conjugate per ml solution) and was washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol, with the washing step repeated three times.
- the results of fluorescent imaging revealed that all of the loaded minicells fluoresced bright red, indicating that Vinblastine BODIPY® FL had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm.
- Vinblastine BODIPY® FL molecules remained within the minicells despite the reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps.
- Paclitaxel is a taxane that stabilizes microtubules and, as a result, interferes with the normal breakdown of microtubules during cell division.
- paclitaxel is used in chemotherapy to treat lung, ovarian, and breast cancers, head and neck cancer, and advanced forms of Kaposi's sarcoma.
- the employed fluorescent taxane derivative FLUTAX-1 is a commercially available conjugate of paclitaxel with fluorescein via an acetylalanine linker.
- FLUTAX-1 is deemed therapeutically ineffective; hence, it is marketed as a research reagent only.
- the conjugate was obtained from a commercial source, Tocris Biosciences (Bristol, UK).
- FLUTAX-1 (molecular weight: 1283.2 has well-defined fluorescent characteristics (excitation ⁇ 495 nm, emission ⁇ 520 nm; green fluorescence).
- the formal name of the derivative is 2aR,4S,4aS,6R,9S,11S,12S,12aR,12bS)-6,12b-Bis(acetyloxy)-9-[(2R,3S)-3-(benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropoxy]-12-(benzoyloxy)-2a,3,4,4a5,6,9,10,11,12,12a,12b-dodecahydro-11-hydroxy-4a,8,13,13-tetramethyl-5-oxo-7,11-methano-1H-cyclodeca[3,4]benz[1,2-b]oxet-4-yl ester N-[(3′,6′-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[isobenzofuran
- Minicells in PBS prepared as described above, were incubated with 200 ⁇ g/ml FLUTAX-1 solution in 1 ml and then were washed repeatedly, pursuant to the small-scale protocol.
- Fluorescent imaging revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green suggesting that FLUTAX-1 had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that a large number of FLUTAX-1 molecules remained encapsulated despite the reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps.
- the background appeared black in comparison to the FLUTAX-1 packaged minicells, evidencing little to no exterior FLUTAX-1.
- the quantity of FLUTAX-1 packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, followed by HPLC analysis and comparison to a standard curve of FLUTAX-1 samples of known concentration. Minicell extraction was performed as described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, for minicells packaged with doxorubicin. An HPLC method was developed for the quantification of FLUTAX-1. The HPLC method characteristics included (i) Mobile phase: acetonitrile: MilliQ dH 2 O, 50:50, isocratic elution for 12 minutes at flow rate 2 ml/minute. (ii) Stationary phase: Metalchem 3u Taxsil, 100 mm ⁇ 4.6 mm plus C18 cartridge.
- FLUTAX-1 content obtained with these drug loading conditions was determined by HPLC to be 570 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells ( FIG. 3 ).
- Avogadmo's number this equates to ⁇ 270,000 molecules of FLUTAX-1 packaged per minicell, a significant improvement upon paclitaxel packaging, with 127-fold more FLUTAX-1 molecules than paclitaxel molecules per minicell (see Example 9, infra).
- TF.Pac the water-soluble derivative of paclitaxel, provided only 25-fold more molecules per minicell (see Example 10).
- the results indicate that the fluorescein fluorophore enhances FLUTAX-1 entry and retention in the minicell.
- This example demonstrates that another fluorescent paclitaxel conjugate, Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 a/k/a “FLUTAX-2,” can be packaged into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles.
- a fluorinated fluorescein moiety Oregon Green-488
- the fluorinated fluorescein moiety confers fluorescence (excitation ⁇ 495 nm, emission ⁇ 525 nm; green fluorescence) as well as improved water solubility to the derivative molecule.
- Paclitaxel Oregon Green-488 is commercially available, therefore, and for this example it was obtained from the Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific).
- the formal name of the derivative is L-alanine, N-[(2′,7′-difluoro-3′,′-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[isobenzofuran-1(3H),9′-[9H]xanthen]-5-yl)carbonyl]-(2aR,4S,4aS,6R9S,11S,12S,12aR,12bS)-6,12b-bis(acetyloxy)-12-(benzoyloxy)-9-[(2R,3S)-3-(benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropoxy]-2a3,4,4,5,6,9,10,11,12,12a,12b-dodecahydro-11-hydroxy. Its chemical structure is represented below.
- Minicells in PBS were prepared, loaded (100 ⁇ g/ml external loading concentration of conjugate solution), and washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol. Fluorescent imaging ( FIG. 4 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green indicating that Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that a large number of conjugate molecules had remained in the minicells even upon reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps. That the background appeared black in comparison to the loaded minicells evidenced little to no exterior Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488.
- the quantity of Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 packaged within the minicells has to be determined indirectly, since disruption of loaded minicells resulted in this instance in a breaking down of the loaded compound as well, thwarting quantitation by HPLC analysis. Accordingly, the intensity of (green) fluorescence in minicells loaded with Paclitaxel Oregon® Green-488, was compared, via fluorescence microscopy, with the (red) autofluorescence visualized for minicells loaded with doxorubicin, which is stable under conditions of extraction and quantitation. See Example 6, infra, showing 800 ng doxorubicin packaged per 10 9 minicells.
- This example demonstrates efficient packaging into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) derivative of paclitaxel, acronym “FCP.”
- the fluorescein group identical to the one found in FLUTAX-1, is conjugated via a 5-oxo-5-((6-thioureidohexyl)amino)pentanoic acid linker, i.e., a relatively long linker domain, to the C2′ position rather than the C7 position on the paclitaxel molecule, as in FLUTAX-1 and Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488.
- the fluorescein group confers fluorescence to the derivative molecule (excitation: 495 nm; emission: 519 nm) and, with the linker, increases its aqueous solubility.
- FCP is not biologically active and has been used to date for research purposes only.
- FCP was obtained from IDT Australia Ltd. (Boronia, Victoria). Its chemical structure appears below.
- minicells in PBS were prepared, were loaded via incubation with FCP solution (300 ⁇ g/ml), and were washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol. Fluorescent imaging ( FIG. 5 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green, indicating that FCP had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps left a large number of FCP molecules encapsulated in the minicells. There was little to no exterior FCP, as reflected in the black appearance of the background relative to the FCP-packaged vesicles.
- the quantity of FCP packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, followed by HPLC analysis. Minicell extraction was performed and HPLC methodology was employed was as described for the quantification of FLUTAX-1, supra.
- the FCP content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified as 550 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells ( FIG. 6 ). This equates to 230,000 molecules of FLCP packaged per minicell. This is a significant improvement upon paclitaxel packaging, with 109-fold more molecules per minicell, despite the fact that FCP is a larger molecule (formula weight 1455.6 versus 853.9).
- the number of packaged FCP molecules is similar to that of FLUTAX-1 ( ⁇ 270,000). FCP and FLUTAX-1 have the same fluorophore. Yet conjugation differs, C2′ (FCP) versus C7 (FLUTAX-1), while Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 shares the same C7 conjugation position as FLUTAX-1.
- the structure of the fluorescein fluorophore and not the point of conjugation to the molecule is shown to be critical for facilitating loading of the drug molecule into the minicell.
- the point of conjugation is shown to be non-critical to florescence-mediated enhancement of compound loading into intact, bacterially derived vesicles, according to the invention.
- BacLightTM Green can be readily packaged in intact, bacterially derived vesicles.
- a green-fluorescent dye (absorption/emission ⁇ 480/516 and ⁇ 581/644 nm, respectively), BacLightTM Green is commercially available and was obtained for this example from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand. Its chemical structure is depicted below.
- BacLightTM Green solution was added to minicells in PBS buffer to a final concentration of 200 nM. Pursuant to the small-scale protocol the minicells were incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes and were subjected to a thrice-repeated washing step, as described above.
- Fluorescent imaging revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green, indicating that BacLightTM Green had been loaded into the minicell. The appearance of a black background, relative to the BacLightTM Green-stained minicells, evidenced little to no exterior stain.
- Minicells packaged with BacLightTM Green were analyzed by flow cytometry (Beckman Coulter FC500). Empty minicells and BacLightTM Green-packaged minicells were labeled with an anti-LPS alexa fluor 647 (AF647) antibody. Firstly, the minicells were analyzed using the FL4 channel to detect anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells. The minicell population was visualized in a dot plot using FL4 fluorescence versus forward scatter, and the population was gated to select anti-LPS AF647 stained minicells only, disregarding any debris.
- AF647 anti-LPS alexa fluor 647
- the gated population was analyzed on the FL1 channel, to detect BacLightTM Green fluorescence.
- the histogram ( FIG. 8 ) represents the BacLightTM Green-packaged minicells as a completely distinct population with a large shift in FL1 fluorescence when compared to empty minicells (log scale). This indicates that greater than 95% of the minicells are fluorescent due to efficient BacLightTM Green incorporation, and that they represent a single fluorescent population with a much greater FL1 fluorescence than that displayed by empty minicells.
- doxorubicin an amphipathic, autofluorescent cytotoxin can be packaged efficiently into the cytoplasm of bacterially derived vesicles. Shown below is the anthracycline structure of the cytotoxin, doxorubicin. Used in cancer chemotherapy, doxorubicin is derived by chemical semisynthesis from Streptomyces bacteria and is available commercially.
- minicells in PBS buffer were loaded with doxorubicin, and the loaded minicells were visualized via fluorescence microscopy (excitation 480 nm, emission 580 nm; red fluorescence).
- fluorescence microscopy excitation 480 nm, emission 580 nm; red fluorescence.
- FIG. 9 revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright red, with background that appeared black in comparison to the doxorubicin-packaged minicells.
- the quantity of doxorubicin packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, as described, followed by HPLC analysis.
- the HPLC method characteristics included (i) Mobile phase: 0.1 M ammonium formate pH 3.0: MilliQ H 2 O: acetonitrile. Gradient 0.2 minutes 28:72:0 to 28:42:30, isocratic 5 minutes, step to 28:72:0, isocratic 15 minutes at flow rate 1.25 ml/minute.
- Stationary phase Waters XBridge Phenyl, 3.5 ⁇ m ⁇ 4.6 mm ⁇ 150 mm plus C18 cartridge.
- the content of doxorubicin obtained with these drug-loading conditions was determined with HPLC to be approximately 770 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells, by comparison to a linear standard curve of doxorubicin samples of known quantity ( FIG. 10 ). This equates to about 800,000 molecules of doxorubicin loaded into each minicell.
- SYTO® 9 is a nucleic acid-binding bacterial stain that is green-fluorescent (excitation ⁇ 485/6 nm, emission ⁇ 498/501 nm). For this example it was obtained from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand.
- SYTO® 9 solution was added to minicells in PBS buffer to a final concentration of 20 ⁇ M. Pursuant to the small-scale protocol, the minicells were incubated for 30 minutes and were subject to a thrice-repeated washing step, as described previously.
- SYTO® 9 Green-packaged minicells were visualized using a fluorescence microscope, as described above, with the appropriate filter employed to permit visualization of SYTO® 9 fluorescence. Fluorescent imaging ( FIG. 11 ) revealed that the SYTO® 9 had been incorporated into the minicells, with little to no exterior stain.
- Minicells loaded with SYTO 9® were analyzed by flow cytometry (Beckman Coulter FC500). Empty minicells and SYTO® 9-stained minicells were labeled with an anti-LPS alexa fluor 647 (AF647) antibody. Firstly, the minicells were analyzed using the FL4 channel to detect anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells. The minicell population was visualized in a dot plot, using FL4 fluorescence versus forward scatter, and the population was gated to select anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells only, disregarding any debris. The gated population then was analyzed on the FL1 channel, to detect SYTO 9 fluorescence.
- the histogram thus obtained represents the SYTO 9-stained minicells as a distinct population, with a shift in FL1 fluorescence when compared to empty minicells (log scale). This indicates that the minicells are fluorescent due to SYTO 9 incorporation and that they represent a fluorescent population with a greater FL1 fluorescence than is shown by empty minicells.
- Minicells in PBS (2.5 ⁇ 10 10 ) loaded with 9-AAHH (incubation solution: 500 ⁇ g/ml) were prepared via the small-scale protocol and were subjected to fluorescence-microscopic visualization (excitation 400 nm, emission 420 nm; blue fluorescence). Fluorescent imaging results ( FIG. 13 ) indicated that 9-aminoacridine had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and had remained there, despite reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps.
- This example demonstrates that the hydrophobic, non-fluorescent cytotoxic drug paclitaxel (see structure below) is loaded into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles less efficiently than are fluorescent derivatives of paclitaxel.
- Minicells in PBS buffer were prepared according to the small-scale protocol. Thus, empty minicells (free endotoxin level ⁇ ⁇ 2 EU per 10 9 minicells) were added to a microfuge tube and centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes). The supernatant was discarded and the minicell pellet was thoroughly resuspended in 0.9 ml of PBS buffer adjusted to pH 3 (the lower pH was necessary to keep the highly hydrophobic paclitaxel in solution for at least 30 minutes). Ten to the minicell suspension were added 100 ⁇ l of 6 mg/ml paclitaxel (in 1:1 cremophor EL:EtOH), yielding an external paclitaxel concentration of 600 ⁇ g/ml.
- the minicells were incubated at 37° C. overnight with rotation. Excess paclitaxel solution and molecules attached non-specifically to minicell surfaces were washed by centrifugal washes. That is, post-incubation minicells were centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes) and the paclitaxel loading supernatant was discarded. The paclitaxel-loaded minicells were washed by thoroughly, resuspending the pellet in 1 ml of PBS (pH 7.4), centrifuging the minicells (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and discarding the supernatant wash. The wash step was repeated three times. Finally, the paclitaxel-loaded minicells were resuspended in PBS (pH 7.4).
- the quantity of paclitaxel packaged within the minicells was determined as above, using HPLC analysis.
- a HPLC method developed for paclitaxel quantification had characteristics that included (i) Mobile phase: acetonitrile and MilliQ dH 2 O, isocratic 0.24 minutes 37:63, gradient elution for 5 minutes from 37:63 to 60:40 then mobile phase returned to original solvent composition 37:63 over 1 minute and maintained at this level to the end at a flow rate of 2 ml/minute (running time 8 minutes); (ii) Stationary phase: Metalchem 3u Taxsil, 100 mm ⁇ 4.6 mm plus C18 cartridge; (iii) Column temperature: 40° C.; (iv) Detection: SPD-M10Avp, diode array detector-228 nm; (v) Injection volume: 50 ⁇ l; and (vi) HPLC system: a Shimadzu SCL-10AVP system comprising SIL-10AVP auto-injector, LC-1Advp pump, DGU
- the paclitaxel content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified by HPLC as 3 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells, by comparison to a linear standard curve of paclitaxel samples of known quantity ( FIG. 14 ). This equates to 2115 molecules of Paclitaxel encapsulated per minicell, or approximately 110-130-fold fewer than for FCP and FLUTAX-1, respectively. Additional approaches were employed in an attempt to load the minicells with greater quantities of paclitaxel.
- TF.Pac has improved solubility due to a beta-alanyl formate salt conjugated to the C2′ of paclitaxel.
- TF.Pac was synthesized in order to illuminate whether it is simply poor aqueous solubility that inhibits efficient loading of paclitaxel into intact, bacterially derived vesicles.
- Paclitaxel is soluble in water to 0.3 ⁇ g/ml while the solubility of TF.Pac is at least 2 mg/ml.
- Minicells in PBS buffer were loaded with TF.Pac (loading solution: 1 mg of compound per ml of distilled water 0.1% acetic acid) pursuant to the small-scale protocol.
- the quantity of TF.Pac thus packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells followed by HPLC analysis. Minicell extraction was performed as described above for minicells packaged with doxorubicin. The HPLC method used was identical to that developed for paclitaxel quantification.
- the average TF.Pac content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified by HPLC as 78 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells ( FIG. 15 ), which equates to ⁇ 50,000 molecules of TF.Pac packaged per minicell.
- the loading efficiency thus was somewhat greater than for paclitaxel but was ⁇ 5.4-fold less than for FLUTAX-1.
- Numerous buffers were employed in an attempt to load minicells with greater quantities of TF.Pac; however, the efficiency obtained with the method described above was not exceeded. Accordingly, merely increasing aqueous solubility of a chemical compound is not a driver of enhanced loading into intact, bacterially derived vesicles.
- This example determines whether a fluorescent compound loads less effectively into intact, bacterially derived vesicles when its fluorescence is quenched.
- the compound was the autofluorescent drug doxorubicin (Dox) and the quencher was folic acid (FA). See Husseini, Adv. Sci. Lett. 7: 726 (2012) (FA quenches Dox fluorescence).
- Doxorubicin in PBS 100 ⁇ g/ml was mixed with various concentrations of FA, namely, 0 ⁇ g/ml, 50 ⁇ g/ml, and 400 ⁇ g/ml.
- the solutions were incubated at room temperature overnight and then were filtered through a 0.1 ⁇ m filter, to sterilize the solutions and to remove any particulates.
- minicells were washed with PBS buffer and then were loaded with one or another of each of the Dox+FA solutions, previously prepared at a density of 2.5 ⁇ 10 10 minicells/ml, in a volume between about 1 ml to 2 mls. Samples (500 ⁇ l) were taken from each of the treatment groups at the time points of 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, and overnight.
- minicells loaded in the presence of 400 ⁇ g/ml folic acid contained significantly less doxorubicin than those loaded in the absence of folic acid, after completion of the washing steps at each of the time points.
- a standard curve of free doxorubicin was generated. Absorbance of doxorubicin in PBS, at various concentrations in duplicate, was measured via biophotometer at 490 nm.
- Minicells from each minicell Dox sample were made up to 200 ⁇ l with PBS buffer (pH7.4) in cuvettes, per the table above.
- a ‘blank’ sample containing empty minicells also was made up in 200 ⁇ l of PBS (pH7.4) in a cuvette.
- the absorbance of the blank minicell sample and all of the minicell Dox samples was measured at 490 nm.
- minicell pellets were processed for analysis by HPLC as described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra. Dox in each sample was quantitated using both UV 250nm detection and relative fluorescence (RF) detection.
- HPLC quantification from UV 250nm readings are presented in FIG. 19
- HPLC quantification from relative fluorescence (RF) readings are shown in FIG. 20 .
- the increasing amounts of folic acid present in the loading solution were observed to affect adversely the loading of doxorubicin into minicells.
- MTX mitoxantrone dihydrochloride
- Mitozantrone an intrinsically fluorescent cytotoxic drug also known as “Mitozantrone.”
- An anthracenedione anti-neoplastic agent, MTX acts as a type II topoisomerase inhibitor and has been used to treat cancers such as metastatic breast cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
- Mitoxantrone was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.). Empty, intact minicells were prepared (3.2 ⁇ 10 10 /ml) as described above. Centricon® columns (0.65 ⁇ m) were obtained from Millipore (Billerica, Mass.), sterile PBS (pH 7.4) from Sigma-Aldrich, and injectable saline from Livingstone Int'l (Rosebery, NSW).
- a 2 mg/ml stock solution of MTX was prepared in saline and was filtered through a 0.1 ⁇ m filter. (Mitoxantmone is soluble in water to approximately 5-7.5 mg/ml.) The resultant solution was stored at 4° C. and protected from light.
- the small-scale protocol was adapted for use in this example.
- minicells were provided in 781 ⁇ l aliquots (2.5 ⁇ 10 10 final).
- the tubes were spun at 13,200 rpm for 8 minutes on a benchtop Eppendorf centrifuge. The supernatant was removed; pellets were resuspended in 1 ml of PBS buffer (pH 7.4) and then were spun again. The pellets thus obtained were resuspended in 850 ⁇ l of PBS buffer.
- a volume (150 ⁇ l) of MTX (2 mg/ml stock) was added to each minicell suspension to give a final loading solution of 300 ⁇ g/ml (external concentration). With mixing on a rotator, the samples were incubated at 37° C. for 2 hours, for 4 hours, or for overnight (about 12 hours).
- the pellets were resuspended in 0.5 ml of PBS (pH 7.4) and were incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature with rotation. After incubation each sample was applied to a 0.65 ⁇ m Centricon® column and was spun at 200 g for 1 minute or until the entire sample flowed through. The flow-through was collected into a fresh tube. A fresh lot of 0.5 ml PBS (pH 7.4) was applied to the same filter and was spun, and the flow-through was added to the original 0.5 ml sample.
- Minicell sample counts were performed, with 10 ⁇ l minicells in 990 ⁇ l PBS (pH 7.4), using the LM20 nanoparticle analysis system, a product of NanoSight Ltd (Amesbury, Wiltshire, UK). The results were as follows:
- each minicell contained about 759,000 MTX molecules, based on a molecular weight of about 444 for the drug, per The Merck Index Online (2014).
- MTX concentrations of MTX inside minicells were surprisingly high, comparable to those of doxorubicin, which like MTX is intrinsically fluorescent.
- Consoli et al. Leukemia 11: 2066-74 (1997), and Bell, Biochim Biophys Acta 949: 132-37 (1988) (maximum excitation and emission for MTX at around 610 nm and 685 nm, respectively).
- the high loading efficiency of MTX which is slightly smaller than doxorubicin, is believed to be a function of its fluorescence.
- minicells (2.5 ⁇ 10 10 per tube) were washed once with 1 ml of PBS (pH7.4) and were centrifuged (16,000 g, 7 minutes), and the supernatant was discarded. In 15% ethanol, 85% PBS (pH 7.4), washed minicells were loaded with 100 ⁇ g/ml FLUTAX-1 (Tocris Biosciences), either with or without 200 mM KCl (Sigma-Aldrich).
- the tubes were rotated at 37° C. One tube from each treatment was removed for washing at each of 15 minutes, 45 minutes, 2 hours and 5 hours. Each treatment was washed three times to remove the reagents and retain the minicells.
- FLUTAX-1 levels were measured via HPLC in the manner described above. Thus, measurements (UV 228 nm) were compared to a standard curve of known FLUTAX-1 amounts and were extrapolated to yield the FLUTAX-1 quantity within 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells.
- FIG. 21 depicts, the results show that inclusion of 200 mM KCl in the loading solution dramatically enhanced the loading of FLUTAX-1 into intact minicells. That is, the higher salt concentration was associated with more than a doubling of the quantity of fluorescent drug loaded into the minicells. Indeed, the effect was evident after as little as 15 minutes of minicell/drug co-incubation.
- minicells (2.5 ⁇ 10 10 per tube) were washed once with 1 ml of PBS (pH7.4) and were centrifuged (16,000 g, 7 minutes), and the supernatant was discarded. Washed minicells were loaded with 100 ⁇ g/ml of FLUTAX-1 in 15% ethanol, 85% PBS (pH 7.4), either with or without 200 mM of KCl, NaCl, or KBr. The tubes were rotated at 37° C. One tube from each condition was removed for washing at each of 15 minutes and 1 hour. Each treatment was washed three times as described above.
- Minicells were lysed and extracted, as described above, and lysates were run under HPLC conditions for measuring FLUTAX-1 levels. Measurements (UV 228 nm) were compared to a curve of known FLUTAX-1 amounts and were extrapolated to obtain the quantity of FLUTAX-1 in 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells.
- Each of the salts KCl, NaCl, and KBr increased the efficiency of loading a fluorescent drug into intact, bacterially derived vesicles, here by approximately 2-fold at 15 minutes. Loading was in effect completed within about 4 hours of incubation.
- FIG. 23 A graphical representation of these data ( FIG. 23 ) shows that the amount of fluorescent compound loaded into the minicells was over 100% greater when co-incubation occurred at about 37° C. than at room temperature. (Membrane degradation renders infeasible any co-incubation temperature much higher than about 37° C.)
- Intact minicells were prepared and loaded with doxorubicin essentially in accordance with the methodology of MacDiarmid et al. (2007), except that the minicells did not carry any targeting bispecific ligands and, hence, would not be taken up by a targeted host cell.
- the loaded minicells were subjected five times to a washing step that entailed centrifugation (13,200 rpm, 10 minutes) and resuspension of the resultant pellet in 1 ml BSG buffer (pH 7.4).
- the cells were monitored subsequently every 24 hours via confocal microscopy. Within two days the cancer cells displayed red fluorescence in their nuclei, indicative of doxorubicin entry, even though the loaded minicells had not been targeted for uptake by the cells. Thus, the small-scale protocol resulted in the trapping on the minicell surfaces of extraneous doxorubicin, which leached into the tissue culture medium and entered the cancer cells.
- doxorubicin concentration was determined, as described above, and the level of free endotoxin was measured via a standard LAL assay. See, e.g., Dawson, LAL Update , Vol. 22, No. 3 (October 2005). The results are tabulated below.
- the large-scale process provided an average doxorubicin concentration for loaded minicells of about 672 ng ⁇ 58 ng per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells.
- a substantially improved purity achieved with the large-scale process is evidenced by an average free endotoxin level of 2.99 EU ⁇ 1.45 EU per 1 ⁇ 10 9 minicells.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/059,466, filed Oct. 3, 2014. The contents of this application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Non-living but intact bacterial vesicles that enclose biologically active agents have been used for therapeutic purposes. In international patent application WO2003/033519, for instance, the present inventors described the preparation and use of bacterially derived intact minicells that contain therapeutic nucleic acid molecules. By way of WO2005/079854, the present inventors also showed that small molecular drugs, whether hydrophilic or hydrophobic, can be packaged into minicells which, when taken up by a target mammalian cell, can release the drugs into the cytoplasm of the target cell. Likewise, U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862 lists the present inventors and demonstrates the preparation and use of intact killed bacterial cells packaged with therapeutic agents.
- Killed bacterial cells by definition are nonliving, as are minicells. Neither type of intact bacterial vesicle can replicate or actively invade host cells.
- The present inventors have reported that killed bacterial cells and minicells, despite their relatively large size, can be taken up by a target mammalian cell, when brought into contact with the cell, and then degraded in late-endosomes/lysosomes, releasing their drug payload into the target cell. Uptake is improved when the killed bacterial cells or minicells are attached to a ligand that targets the mammalian cell. Illustrative of such a ligand, described in WO2005/056749, is a bispecific antibody that has (i) a first arm with specificity for a minicell surface structure and (ii) a second arm with specificity for a non-phagocytic mammalian cell surface receptor.
- The present inventors also discovered that, upon intravenous administration to a tumor-bearing mammalian host, minicells rapidly extravasated via the leaky vasculature associated with many solid tumors, including certain brain tumors (WO2013/088250), and the minicells accumulated in the tumor microenvironment. That the minicells were confined to the tumor microenvironment and did not penetrate into normal tissues is believed to be due to an inability of the minicells, with a diameter of ˜400 nm±50 nm, to escape from the normal vasculature surrounding normal (non-tumor) tissues.
- In addition, the present inventors described methodology for loading drug payloads into such bacterial vesicles. For instance, nucleic acids can be packaged into an intact nonliving bacterial vesicle when incubated with the vesicle under a concentration gradient, during which the nucleic acids move down the gradient into the vesicle. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,669,101. Alternatively, a plasmid that encodes a nucleic acid can be transduced into a live bacterium and replicate or transcribe to produce the nucleic acid. The nucleic acid-packaged live bacterium then can be killed, yielding a killed bacterial cell as described above, or it can generate an intact minicell, itself loaded with the nucleic acid. See, e.g., WO2003/033519.
- Unlike nucleic acids, small molecule drugs typically cannot be produced from a plasmid. As noted, however, the present inventors discovered that such drugs can be loaded into a vesicle directly. Their approach to loading small molecule drugs was illustrated in experiments reported by MacDiarmid et al., Cancer Cell 11: 431-5 (2007).
- For the experiments reported in that 2007 disclosure, drug loading was effected with minicells contained in 1 to 2 milliliters (ml) of phosphate-buffered saline (“PBS buffer”), which has the composition: 137 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, 10 mM Na2 PO4, 2 mM KH2PO4 (adjusted to pH 7.4). See P. Gerhardt, et al., M
ANUAL OF METHODS FOR GNERAL BACTERIOLOY , 2nd ed., American Society for Microbiology (Washington, D.C.), 1981. On this 1 ml-to-2-ml scale (hereafter, “small scale”), co-incubation of the minicells with a given drug was followed by an effort to remove excess drug from the minicells. This effort entailed centrifugation, thereby to pellet the drug-packaged minicells, and a subsequent discarding of the supernatant, where any excess drug was thought to reside. The minicells then were resuspended in fresh PBS, again 1 to 2 ml, and the steps of centrifugation and supernatant discarding were repeated five to six times for a given preparation. In the present disclosure this conventional process is referred to as “the small-scale protocol,” which entails the co-incubation (loading) step and multiple steps of washing by resuspension, centrifugation and supernatant discarding, all performed in a 1-to-2-ml scale. - As follow-up to implementing the small-scale protocol, MacDiarmid et al. extracted drug that was associated with the minicells, see the last full sentence on page 433 ff., whereupon the drug concentration was determined using HPLC analysis. For several anticancer drugs MacDiarmid et al. reported an estimated loading efficiency for the small-scale process in terms, for instance, of “˜10 million . . . molecules . . . per minicell” of doxorubicin. Id., first full sentence of page 435.
- By further investigation the present inventors have discovered that, when incubated with a nonliving, intact bacterial vesicle that initially does not contain a given fluorescent compound, the latter can move down the resultant concentration gradient (high outside to low inside) into the cytoplasm of the vesicle unexpectedly more quickly than an otherwise similar but non-fluorescent compound, and also that the fluorescent compound can achieve a surprisingly higher intra-vesicular concentration. Along these lines the inventors observed, for example, that linking a non-fluorescent compound with a fluorescent moiety greatly improves loading into nonliving, intact bacterial vesicles, relative results obtained with the non-fluorescent compound itself, notwithstanding that such modification typically effects an increase in molecular weight, which would have been thought to hamper drug loading.
- In relation to the loading of fluorescent compounds particularly, the inventors also have determined that an even greater enhancement of efficiency occurs when the loading of a fluorescent compound is effected in a medium to which has been added a binary ionic compound such as an alkali metal halide salt, e.g., potassium chloride, sodium chloride, and potassium bromide. Pursuant to the invention, the presence in the loading medium of such a compound, in a concentration as low as on the order of about 200 mM, improves loading efficiency for a fluorescent compound by two-fold or more, with loading effectively complete after only about fifteen minutes.
- More generally, the inventors found that the centrifugation involved in the small-scale protocol, discussed above, can be eliminated and the small-scale protocol itself replaced, for both fluorescent and non-fluorescent compounds, with a process of co-incubation (loading) followed by multiple steps of washing via cross-flow filtration. See, generally, C
ROSS FLOW FILTRATION METHOD HANDBOOK (29-0850-76 AB), GE Healthcare, accessed at www.gelifesciences.com/gehds_images/GELS/Related %/20Content/Files/1392028292867/litdoc29085076_201403130459 08.pdf. See also MEMBRANE PROCESSES IN BIOTECHNOLOGY AND PHARMACEUTICS , edited by Catherine Charcosset, Elsevier (2012), and STERILE FILTRATION : A PRACTICAL APPROACH , edited by Maik W. Jorniitz and Theodore H. Meltzer, Taylor & Francis (2000). In accordance with the invention, the cross-flow filtration is conducted with pharmaceutical grade filters, which are available commercially from Sartorius Stedim Systems, GE Healthcare and Pall Corporation, among other suppliers. It is within the purview of those knowledgeable in filtration field to select a suitable filter based on the description in the user's manual provided by the supplier, depending on the size of the filter, the production scale, etc. Additionally, the pore size of the filter is standard, e.g., 0.45 μm or 0.2 μm, depending on the purpose of the filtration. The pressure applied during filtration varies at every step and is adjusted according to the need. - In this context an unexpected advantage was found to pertain when the scale of washing drug-packaged vesicles in buffer was increased, in terms of the volume of buffer employed, by between about four and five orders of magnitude, i.e., on the liter scale (hereafter, “large scale”) as compared to the millilitre scale of the small-scale protocol, e.g., by a three-to-five-times repeated washing of drug-loaded vesicles in about 20 liters of fresh buffer per repetition. Pursuant to this approach (hereafter, “the large-scale process”), therefore, on the order of about 100 liters of buffer can be employed, for example, in washing steps for a given batch of drug-loaded vesicles.
- Consequently the inventive method yields not only a reduction in free endotoxin levels but also a reduction in a hitherto unrecognized fraction of payload compound that the conventional small-scale protocol leaves trapped on the outer surface of the vesicle. By way of illustration, the small-scale protocol resulted in a number of doxorubicin molecules loaded per intact minicell that MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, estimated at about 10 million. With the large-scale process of the present invention, this number is under about 1 million molecules per minicell (see Example 6 below). Thus, the small-scale protocol was associated with the trapping of some 9 million molecules of doxorubicin to the outer layer of the packaged minicells, contrasting markedly with the inventive methodology (see Example 14).
- According to the process of the invention, therefore, trapping of a payload compound to the outside of a packaging vesicle is minimized, and loaded compound stays inside the vesicles when the concentration gradient is removed. The invention thus provides a highly effective approach to preparing intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles that enclose loaded compound in amounts on the order of hundreds of nanograms of compound per 109 minicells.
- In one aspect, therefore, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an intact and nonliving bacterial vesicle that encloses a fluorescent small molecule drug, which is not doxorubicin, irinotecan, bisantrene, topotecan, epirubicin, daunorubicin, mitoxantrone, Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel, or BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine. The vesicle is either an intact, bacterially derived minicell or a killed bacterial cell. In some embodiments the minicell encloses at least 500,000 molecules of the small molecule drug. Preferably, the small molecule drug is biologically active. In some embodiments the small molecule drug has a molecular weight of about 900 Dalton or less. In other embodiments, the small molecule drug is cytotoxic. Exemplary small molecule drugs include but are not limited to morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives, such as PNU-159682. In certain embodiments the small molecule drug is activated in vivo.
- In another aspect, the disclosure provides a composition comprising an intact and nonliving bacterial vesicle that encloses a compound of formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, wherein: D is the residue of a small molecule drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety. The linker suitable for this invention either has a half-life of between 6 hours and 24 hours or is degraded under an acidic pH condition, such as in the endosome of a mammalian cell. Illustrative small molecule drugs, fluorescent moieties, and linkers and the structures thereof are detailed below.
- In yet another aspect, a composition is provided that comprises an intact, bacterially derived bacterial vesicle enclosing a compound that comprises an active agent bound through a linker to an energy transfer moiety, wherein the active agent is other than Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel and BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine. In some embodiments the energy transfer moiety is a light emitting moiety, comprises a conjugated pi system, or comprises an acridinyl moiety, a xanthenyl moiety, or a benzimidazolyl moiety.
- In a related aspect, the invention is directed to a method of loading a plurality of minicells with a desired compound without resort to centrifugation. The method includes the steps of (A) incubating the plurality in a volume of an incubation solution of the desired compound in a buffered liquid, wherein the volume is on the order of about 100 mls or more, and then (B) subjecting the plurality to multiple washing steps, each comprising cross-flow filtration of the minicells with a volume of buffered liquid that is on the order of liters, wherein none of the washing steps employs centrifugation of the minicells. In some embodiments a binary ionic compound, which is different from the desired compound to be loaded within the minicell, is dissolved in the incubation solution to a concentration that is on the order of about 200 mM or more. Preferably, step (B) comprises three to five washing steps. In some embodiments, the desired compound is fluorescent. In some embodiments the incubating of step (A) is for a period of about 4 hours. In some embodiments the desired compound is biologically active. The desired compound can be a small molecule drug having a molecular weight of about 900 Dalton or less. Preferably, the small molecule drug is cytotoxic. The small molecule drug can be activated in vivo. In other embodiments the desired compound is of a formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, where D is the residue of a small molecule drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety. Preferably, the linker has a half-life of between 6 hours and 24 hours or is degraded in the endosome of a mammaline cell.
- In yet another aspect, the description relates treating cancer in a patient in need thereof. The treatment comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a composition encompassed by this invention. In some embodiments the composition comprises a cytotoxic compound.
-
FIG. 1 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with Vinblastine BODIPY® FL. The minicells fluoresce bright red on a black background, indicating that Vinblastine BODIPY® FL is present in the minicells and not in the exterior space. -
FIG. 2 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with FLUTAX-1. The minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background. Accordingly, FLUTAX-1 was packaged into the minicells and did not remain in the exterior space. -
FIG. 3 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1×109 FLUTAX-1-packaged minicells. The peak corresponding to FLUTAX-1 is found at the retention time (rt)=4.72 minutes. The area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of FLUTAX-1 packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of FLUTAX-1 of known quantities. -
FIG. 4 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with paclitaxel conjugated with Oregon® Green-488. That the minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background shows that the conjugate is packaged into the minicells. -
FIG. 5 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with FCP. The minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background, indicating that FCP is packaged into the minicells. -
FIG. 6 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from FCP-loaded minicells (1×109). The peak corresponding to FCP is found at the retention time (rt)=3.64 minutes. The area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of FCP packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of FCP of known quantities. -
FIG. 7 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with BacLight™ Green. The minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background. BacLight™ Green therefore is shown to be associated with the minicells and not the exterior space. -
FIG. 8 shows a histogram generated from flow cytometry analysis of empty and BacLight™ Green-packaged minicells. The x axis represents fluorescence in the FL-1 channel, and the y axis=counts. BacLight™ Green-packaged minicells display a distinct population, which is shifted to the right in comparison to the empty minicells, indicating that minicells of the population are fluorescent. -
FIG. 9 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with doxorubicin. The minicells fluoresce bright red on a black background, indicating that doxorubicin is present within the minicells rather than in the exterior space. -
FIG. 10 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1×109 doxorubicin-packaged minicells. The peak corresponding to doxorubicin is found at the retention time (rt)=5.5 minutes. The area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of doxorubicin packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known doxorubicin quantities. -
FIG. 11 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with the nucleicacid dye SYTO 9. The minicells fluoresce bright green on a black background indicating thatSYTO 9 is associated with the minicells, not the exterior space. -
FIG. 12 shows histogram generated from flow cytometry analysis of empty and SYTO 9-packaged minicells. The x axis represents fluorescence in the FL-1 channel; the y axis=counts. SYTO 9-packaged minicells display a distinct population, which is shifted to the right in comparison to the empty minicells; thus, the packaged minicells are fluorescent. -
FIG. 13 shows a fluorescent image of minicells packaged with 9-aminoacridine hydrochloride hydrate. The minicells fluoresce blue on a dark background indicating that 9-aminoacridine hydrochloride hydrate is associated with the minicells instead of the exterior space. -
FIG. 14 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1×109 paclitaxel-packaged minicells. The peak corresponding to paclitaxel is found at the retention time (rt)=4.48 minutes. The area of this peak was used to calculate the quantity of paclitaxel packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known quantities. -
FIG. 15 shows an example chromatogram from an HPLC separation of an extract from 1×109 TF.Pac-packaged minicells. The peak corresponding to TF.Pac is found at the retention time (rt)=4.57 minutes. The area of this peak was used to determine the quantity of TF.Pac packaged into the minicells by comparing to a standard curve of known TF.Pac quantities. -
FIG. 16 shows the fluorescence readings, at two different wavelengths, of doxorubicin loading solutions with different concentrations of folic acid. -
FIG. 17 shows the generation of a standard curve of free doxorubicin. -
FIG. 18 shows the effect of fluorescence quencher folic acid on doxorubicin loading. -
FIG. 19 shows the HPLC quantification of doxorubicin loading into minicells from UV (250 nm) readings. -
FIG. 20 shows the HPLC quantification of doxorubicin loading from relative fluorescence (RF) readings. -
FIG. 21 shows the course and amount FLUTAX-1 loaded into minicells in the presence of ions from dissociation of various ionic salts. -
FIG. 22 depicts data shown inFIG. 21 for the time point representing 15 minutes of loading FLUTAX-1 into minicells. -
FIG. 23 shows the effect of co-incubation temperature on the enhancement by ions of fluorescence-mediated transmembrane movement of compounds into minicells. -
FIG. 24 illustrates 20 subfamilies and 58 members of human receptor tyrosine kinases (excerpted from Lemmon and Schlessinger, Cell 141: 1117-134 (2010)). - The present disclosure provides both methodology for loading a compound into intact, bacterially derived, nonliving vesicles, a category inclusive of minicells and killed bacterial cells, and compositions, preferably pharmaceutical grade, that contain such compound-loaded vesicles.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used in this description have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the relevant art.
- For convenience, the meaning of certain terms and phrases employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are provided below. Other terms and phrases are defined throughout the specification.
- The singular forms “a” “an,” and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
- As used herein, the term “about” will be understood by persons of ordinary skill in the art and will vary to some extent depending upon the context in which it is used. If there are uses of the term which are not clear to persons of ordinary skill in the art given the context in which it is used, “about” will mean up to plus or minus 10% of the particular term.
- As used herein, except where the context requires otherwise, the term “comprise” and variations of the term, such as “comprising,” “comprises” and “comprised” are not intended to exclude other additives, components, integers or steps.
- The phrases “biologically active” and “biological activity” are used to qualify or to denote, as the case may be, the effect(s) of a compound or composition on living matter. Thus, a material is biologically active or has biological activity if it has interaction with or effect on any cell tissue in a human or animal body, e.g., by reacting with protein, nucleic acid, or other molecules in a cell.
- “Cancer,” “neoplasm,” “tumor,” “malignancy” and “carcinoma” used interchangeably herein, refer to cells or tissues that exhibit an aberrant growth phenotype characterized by a significant loss of control of cell proliferation. The methods and compositions of this disclosure particularly apply to malignant, pre-metastatic, metastatic, and non-metastatic cells.
- “Drug” refers to any physiologically or pharmacologically active substance that produces a local or systemic effect in animals, particularly mammals and humans.
- “Individual,” “subject,” “host,” and “patient,” terms used interchangeably in this description, refer to any mammalian subject for whom diagnosis, treatment, or therapy is desired. The individual, subject, host, or patient can be a human or a non-human animal. Thus, suitable subjects can include but are not limited to non-human primates, cattle, horses, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rabbits, rats, and mice.
- The terms “treatment,” “treating,” “treat,” and the like refer to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiologic effect in a tumor patient. The effect can be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing tumor growth or a symptom thereof and/or the effect can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete stabilization or cure for a tumor and/or for an adverse effect attributable to the tumor. Treatment covers any treatment of a tumor in a mammal, particularly a human. A desired treatment effect can be a tumor response, which can be measured as reduction of tumor mass or inhibition of tumor mass increase. Alternatively or additionally, a desired treatment effect can be an increase of overall patient survival, progress-free survival, time to tumor recurrence, or a reduction of adverse effect.
- “Alkyl” refers to a monovalent saturated straight or branched chain linear hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, pentyl or octyl. A C1-C4 straight chained or branched alkyl group is also referred to as a “lower alkyl” group.
- “Alkylene” refers to a divalent saturated straight or branched chain linear hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 1, or 2 carbon atoms. Examples of alkylene include —CH2)y—, wherein y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
- “Cycloalkyl” refers to cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10, or from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and cyclohexenyl. “Cu-vcycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups having u to v carbon atoms as ring members.
- “Heterocycle” or “heterocyclic” or “heterocyclo” or “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic group having from 3 to 18 total ring atoms, from 1 to 14 carbon atoms and from 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen and includes single ring and multiple ring systems including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. For multiple ring systems having aromatic and/or non-aromatic rings, the term “heterocyclic”, “heterocycle”, “heterocyclo”, “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” applies when there is at least one ring heteroatom and the point of attachment is at an atom of a non-aromatic ring (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-3-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline-6-yl, and decahydroquinolin-6-yl). In one embodiment, the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl moieties. More specifically the heterocyclyl includes, but is not limited to, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperidin-3-yl, piperazinyl, N-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidon-1-yl, morpholinyl, and pyrrolidinyl. A prefix indicating the number of carbon atoms (e.g., C3-C10) refers to the total number of carbon atoms in the portion of the heterocyclyl group exclusive of the number of heteroatoms.
- Substituted alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle refers to alkyl, alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle, respectively, having 1 to 5 or 1 to 3 substitutes that do not substantially interfere with the anti-cancer activity of the compounds. Examples of substituents on alkyl groups include —OH, —NH2, —NO2, —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroayl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, —ORa, oxo (═O), —O—CORa, —CORa, —SO3H, —NHRa, —NRaRb, —COORa, —CHO, —CONH2, —CONHRa, —CONRaRb, —NHCORa, —NRcCORa, —NHCONH2, —NHCONRaH, —NHCONRaRb, —NRcCONH2, —NRcCONRaH, —NRcCONRaRb, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NHRa, —C(═NH)—NRaRb, —C(═NRc)—NH2, —C(═NRc)—NHRa, —C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NH)—NH2, —NH—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NH—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NH)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NHNH2, —NHNHRa, —NHNRaRb, —SO2NH2, —SO2NHRa, —SO2NRaRb, —CH═CHRa, —CH═CRaRb, —CRc—CRaRb, —CRc═CHRa, —CRc═CRaRb, —CCRa, —SH, —SRa, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra and —CO-alkyl, wherein Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or benzyl. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C1-C8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, and C1-C4 alkoxy. Examples of substituents on alkylene, cycloalkyl or heterocycle groups include —OH, —NH2, —NO2, —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, aryl, heteroayl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, oxo (═O), —ORa, —O—CORa, —CORa, —SO3H, —NHRa, —NRaRb, —COORa, —CHO, —CONH2, —CONHRa, —CONRaRb, —NHCORa, —NRcCORa, —NHCONH2, —NHCONRaH, —NHCONRaRb, —NRcCONH2, —NRcCONRaH, —NRcCONRaRb, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NHRa, —C(═NH)—NRaRb, —C(═NRc)—NH2, —C(═NRc)—NHRa, —C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NH)—NH2, —NH—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NH—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NH)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NHNH2, —NHNHRa, —NHRaRb, —SO2NH2, —SO2NHRa, —SO2NRaRb, —CH═CHRa, —CH═CRaRb, —CRc═CRaRb, —CRc═CHRa, —CRc═CRaRb, —CCRa, —SH, —SRa, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra and —CO-alkyl, wherein Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are independently alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or benzyl. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C1-C8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, C1-C4 alkyl, halogen, and C1-C4 alkoxy.
- “Aryl” refers to an aromatic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and no ring heteroatoms and having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl). For multiple ring systems, including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems having aromatic and non-aromatic rings that have no ring heteroatoms, the term “Aryl” or “Ar” applies when the point of attachment is at an aromatic carbon atom. For instance, 5,6,7,8 tetrahydronaphthalene-2-yl is an aryl group, with its point of attachment at the 2-position of the aromatic phenyl ring.
- “Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group which is substituted with 1 to 8 or, in some embodiments, 1 to 5, 1 to 3 or 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, oxo (═O), —NH2, —NO2, —CN, —COOH, halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, —ORa, —O—CORa, —CORa, —COOH, —SO3H, —NHRa, —NRaRb, —COORa, —CHO, —CONH2, —CONHRa, —CONRaRb, —NHCORa, —NRcCORa, —NHCONH2, —NHCONRaH, —NHCONRaRb, —NRcCONH2, —NRcCONRaH, —NRcCONRaRb, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NHRa, —C(═NH)—NRaRb, —C(═NRc)—NH2, —C(═NRc)—NHRa, —C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NH)—NH2, —NH—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NH—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NH—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NH—C(═NR)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NH)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NH)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NH)—NRaRb, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NH2, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NHRa, —NRd—C(═NRc)—NRaRb, —NHNH2, —NHNHRa, —NHRaRb, —SO2NH2, —SO2NHR, —SO2NRaRb, —CH═CHRa, —CH═CRaRb, —CRc—CRaRb, —CRc═CHRa, —CRc═CRaRb, —CCRa, —SH, —SRa, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra and —CO-alkyl, wherein Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd are independently alkyl, cycloalkyl, phenyl or benzyl. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, halo, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, and C1-C8 alkoxy. In some embodiments, the substituent(s) are selected from —OH, C1-C4 alkyl, halogen, and C1-C4 alkoxy.
- “Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with 1 to 5 or 1 to 3 halo.
- “Alkoxy” refers to the group —O-alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined herein. “Substituted alkoxy” refers to —O-(substituted alkyl).
- “Haloalkoxy” refers to the group —O-haloalkyl wherein haloalkyl is as defined herein.
- “Halo” refers to —F, —C, —Br or —I.
- “Heteroaryl” denotes an aromatic group of from 1 to 14 carbon atoms and 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur and includes a 5-to-18-member ring or ring system that includes a single ring (e.g., imidazolyl) or multiple rings (e.g., benzimidazol-2-yl and benzimidazol-6-yl). For multiple ring systems, including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems having aromatic and non-aromatic rings, the term “heteroaryl” applies if there is at least one ring heteroatom and the point of attachment is at an atom of an aromatic ring (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-6-yl and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl). In one embodiment, the nitrogen and/or the sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide (N→O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl comprises a total of 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms, and is referred to as 5-membered, 6-membered or 7-membered heteroaryl, respectively. Examples of heteroaryl include but is not limited to pyridyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, benzofuranyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinonyl, benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, or benzothienyl.
- “Small-scale protocol” denotes a procedure, exemplified in MacDiarmid et al. (2007), in which bacterially derived vesicles such as minicells are loaded with a therapeutic payload in a buffered liquid, typically PBS buffer, which is on the order of milliliters in volume, e.g., 1 to 2 ml, after which the loaded minicells are subjected to multiple washing steps, involving centrifugation, supernatant discarding and minicell resuspension, again in milliliter volumes of buffered liquid.
- By contrast, “large-scale process” refers to methodology of the present invention where loaded minicells are subjected to multiple (e.g., 3 to 5) washing steps in which cross-flow filtration is employed (without centrifugation) with volumes on the order of tens of liters (e.g., about 20 liters) per step of PBS buffer or other buffered liquid suitable for cell biology research, such as HEPES-buffered saline, borate-buffered saline and Tris-buffered saline. In addition, for a large-scale process the step of loading minicells with a therapeutic payload, such as a small molecule drug, is carried out in a volume of buffered liquid that is preferably on the order of about 100 milliliters or more, where the buffered liquid, such as PBS buffer, optionally has a concentration of a binary ionic compound, such as KCl, that is on the order of about 200 mM or more.
- The phrase “pharmaceutical grade” denotes a lacking of parental cell contamination, cell debris, free endotoxin and other pyrogens that is sufficient to meet regulatory requirements for human intravenous administration. See, e.g., “Guidance for Industry—Pyrogen and Endotoxins Testing,” U.S. Food and Drug Administration (June 2012).
- “Residue of a compound” denotes the moiety obtained by removal from a compound of an atom or moiety, such as a hydrogen atom, a —OH, or a —CO—CH3 group. In some embodiments, therefore, a residue of a compound is the moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a compound.
- “Substituted heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group that is substituted with from 1 to 8, or in some
embodiments 1 to 5, or 1 to 3, or 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of the substituents defined for substituted aryl. - “Stereoisomer” and “stereoisomers” denote compound(s) differing in the chirality of one or more stereocenters. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. The compounds of this invention may exist in stereoisomeric form if they possess one or more asymmetric centers or a double bond with asymmetric substitution and, therefore, can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual stereoisomers as well as mixtures. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known, as evidenced by the discussion in Chapter 4 of M
ARCH'S ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY , 7th ed. (Wiley, 2013). - “Tautomer” refers to alternate forms of a compound that differ in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a ring atom attached to both a ring —NH— moiety and a ring ═N— moiety, such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles. By the same token, reference herein to a “compound” includes its tautomers as well.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and includes, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and tetraalkylammonium. When the molecule contains a basic functionality, acid addition salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like. Salts also can be formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are suitable for administration in a patient and possess desirable pharmacological properties. Suitable salts further include those described in H
ANDBOOK OF PHARMACEUTICAL SALTS : PROPERTIES , SELECTION, AND USE , 2d ed. (Wiley, 2011). - “Payload” in this description identifies or qualifies biologically active material that is to be loaded or that has been loaded into a minicell for delivery to a targeted host cell.
- As noted, the inventors discovered that fluorescence per se greatly increases the loading efficiency of a small molecule compound into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle. For instance, the examples below show that unmodified paclitaxel can be packaged into a minicell to reach a concentration of 2,115 copies (molecules) per minicell (Example 9), and while a water soluble derivative of paclitaxel, TF.Pac, can reach 50,000 copies per minicell (Example 10), both by co-incubation with the minicells. In contrast, both of two fluorescent derivatives of paclitaxel, FLUTAX-1 and an FITC-conjugated paclitaxel (FCP), can be loaded into minicells to arrive at high concentrations of 270,000 copies (Example 2) and 230,000 copies per minicell (Example 4). These concentrations are higher by 127-fold and 109-fold, respectively, relative to that reached by the unmodified (underivatized), non-fluorescent compound.
- Larger molecules would have been expect generally to be harder to load into vesicles than smaller ones because the loading process is believed to entail transiting through membrane channels, where size would impact on movement. Nevertheless, even though FCP (molecular weight: 1455.6 Daltons) is much larger than paclitaxel (molecular weight: 853.9 Daltons), the fluorescent derivative can reach an intra-vesicle concentration that is 109-fold higher than paclitaxel itself. For this reason, too, the inventors' discoveries in this regard are quite surprising.
- Possibly due to a small-size advantage in addition to their (auto)fluorescent property, doxorubicin and mitoxantrone reach about 800,000 copies (Example 6) and 759,000 copies per minicell (Examples 12), respectively. Fluorescent compounds BacLight™ Green dye (Example 5), SYTO 9 (Example 7), and 9-AAHH (Example 8) also exhibit high loading efficiency.
- Yet another fluorescent conjugate of paclitaxel, Paclitaxel Oregon Green-488, reaches such high concentrations as well (Example 3). A fluorescent derivative of vinblastine, BODIPY® FL, likewise is loaded into minicells with high efficiency, as Example 1 demonstrates. Such loading is not possible with unmodified vinblastine, a fact that was not apparent from the disclosure by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, of using BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine as well as Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel to document, by fluorescent microscopy, the loading of minicells with a drug. See
FIGS. 1(E) and (F) of MacDiarmid et al. (2007), at page 432 (legend). - Another surprising aspect of the invention is that the high loading efficiency of fluorescent compounds seems unrelated to the hydrophilicity or the hydrophobicity of a given compound. For instance, paclitaxel is hydrophobic while both TF.Pac and FCP are water-soluble, and yet the loading efficiency of FCP is 5-fold greater than that of TF.Pac.
- The conjugation point of the fluorescent moiety on the compound appears not to affect the loading efficiency achieved via the present invention. Thus, FCP and FLUTAX-1 have the same fluorescein fluorophore, but its attachment is at the C2′ position for FCP rather than at the C7 position, as in FLUTAX-1. Yet both derivatives achieve similar loading efficiency, in terms of final intra-minicell compound concentration.
- Example 11 illustrates, moreover, that quenching by folic acid of the doxorubicin fluorescence dose-dependently decreases the loading efficiency of doxorubicin into minicells. This phenomenon further highlights the role of fluorescence per se in enhanced compound loading into minicells, pursuant to the invention.
- So far as the inventors are aware, there has been no report of an impact by fluorescence, as such, on the transportation or movement of a chemical compound, especially movement across a cell membrane. Such impact, as documented by the present inventors, may be due to a transfer of energy, between the fluorescent compound and certain molecules in or lining the transmembrane channels, which enhances movement of the compound through the channel. Compared to non-fluorescent compounds, a fluorescent compound contains electrons that are more easily excitable, e.g., by electromagnetic radiation. Such excitation is believed to facilitate energy transfer between a fluorescent compound and some minicell transmembrane channel structure(s), leading to faster movement of the compound in the channel, as well as an increased amount of compound loaded.
- Loading methodology according to the invention requires a concentration gradient, i.e., a concentration of compound that is higher extracellularly than intracellularly. As noted, however, the involvement of a fluorescent compound results in loading rates and intra-vesicle concentrations that are greater than what may be explained conventionally in terms of the concentration gradient alone. Thus, as loading into minicells progresses for a fluorescent compound, the intracellular concentration of the compound increases and then surpasses the extracellular concentration, and movement of compound into minicells continues until a de facto saturation is reached. That the presence of ions in the medium potentiates the fluorescence-mediated enhancement of loading intact, bacterially derived vesicles, as Example 13 illustrates, likewise is not an obvious function of the concentration gradient.
- In addition, conventional thinking on preparing pharmaceutical grade minicell- and killed bacterial cell-containing compositions was not informed by and did not take into account the trapping on vesicle surfaces of loaded compound that occurs with the small-scale protocol illustrated by MacDiarmid et al. (2007). The present inventors' discovery of the trapping problem brought to light a hitherto unappreciated variable, the leaching of surface-trapped compound (see Example 14), that could influence the effective dose of a payload compound delivered via administration of a minicell- or killed bacterial cell-containing composition, per section (I) below. The large-scale process of the invention, also illustrated in Example 14, allows for controlling this variable by alleviating or even eliminating the trapping problem.
- These discoveries and other findings described above were made with intact, bacterially derived minicells, but they are readily extrapolated to killed bacterial cells. This is so because these two types of nonliving bacterial vesicles differ primarily by virtue of size and the presence or absence of a bacterial chromosome. Neither distinction is deemed relevant to the loading efficiency of a compound, which is primarily a function of the bacterial membrane, a feature that is common to both types of bacterial vesicle.
- The unexpected findings by the inventors in this regard underscore the surprising nature not only of the methodology described here for loading small molecule compounds into intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles but also of the related compositions and methods for using them, in accordance with the present invention.
- Compositions therefore are provided that include an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle enclosing a compound that displays fluorescence. The fluorescence is either (A) intrinsic (autofluorescence) or (B) extrinsic, i.e., fluorescence by virtue of an energy transfer moiety, as defined below, that was introduced chemically beforehand.
- The subcategory (A) of autofluorescent compounds in principle encompasses any small molecule compound, as defined below, that intrinsically displays fluorescence upon exposure to a certain wavelength of electromagnetic radiation, typically but not necessarily in the visual spectrum. In accordance with its methodological aspects, the present invention in relation to subcategory (A) contemplates the loading of any autofluorescent compound into an intact, bacterially derived vesicle, including a minicell or a killed bacterial cell, by means of the large-scale process defined above. In accordance with its compositional aspects, the invention in relation to subcategory (A) encompasses compositions comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles that contain an autofluorescent compound selected from subcategory (A) exclusive of any one or more or all of the following compounds, which were disclosed previously without reference to or implication of the presently described fluorescence effect on vesicle loading: doxorubicin (excitation 480 nm, emission 580 nm); irinotecan, a semisynthetic analogue of camptothecin, with an excitation maximum around 360 nm and an emission maximum at about 440 nm; bisantrene (excitation, 410 nm; emission, 517 nm); topotecan (excitation, 382 nm; emission, 523 nm); epirubicin (excitation, 474 nm; emission, 551 nm); daunorubicin (excitation, 488 nm; emission, 575 nm); and mitoxantrone (excitation, 610 and 660 nm; emission, 684 nm).
- Illustrative of the remaining autofluorescent small molecule compounds that are subsumed under the compositional aspects of the invention are: dynemicin A, a natural cyclic enediyne, as well as fluorescent analogues of dynemicin A (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,281,710, the contents of which are incorporated here by reference); acridine orange, with an excitation maximum at 502 nm and an emission maximum at 525 nm (green); and camptothecin, a natural alkaloid with an excitation maximum at 360 nm and an emission maximum at 440 nm. Likewise illustrative are intrinsically fluorescent compounds in the class of morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives described in international patent application WO1998/002446. Among such derivatives are nemorubicin (3′-deamino-3′-[2(S)-methoxy-4-morpholinyl]doxorubicin) a/k/a MMDX, and its major metabolite PNU-159682 (3′-deamino-3″-4′-anhydro-[2″(S)-
methoxy 3″(R)-hydroxy-4″-morpholinyl]doxorubicin), the structural formula of which is shown below, as well as these four other such derivatives described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,470,984, the contents of which are incorporated here by reference: 3′-deamino-3″-4′-anhydro-[2″(S)-methoxy-3″(R)-hydroxy-4″-morpholinyl]idarubicin; 3′-deamino-3″4′-anhydro-[2″(S)-methoxy-3hydroxy-4″-morpholinyl]daunorubicin; 3′-deamino-3″-4′-anhydro-[2″(S)-methoxy-3″(R)-hydroxy-4″-morpholinyl]-caminomycin; and 3′-deamino-3″-4′-anhydro-[2″(S)-ethoxy-3″(R)-hydroxy-4″-morpholinyl]d-oxorubicin. - A pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of any of the aforementioned derivatives also is a member, pursuant to the invention, of this group of autofluorescent morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives.
- The subcategory (B) of extrinsically fluorescent compounds encompasses any compound that comprises, inter alia, (i) an active constituent or portion and (ii) an energy transfer moiety, defined below. The active constituent can be a drug or an active part of a drug, to which the energy transfer moiety is added by a derivatization reaction. The result can be a conjugate, where the product of the derivatization reaction incorporates the drug or active part thereof joined, as such, to the energy transfer moiety, with or without a linker; or it can be a structural analog, where the reaction product evinces a structural similarity to the drug or the active part thereof but differs in that one or more atoms, functional groups, or substructures are replaced in the drug or active part with other atoms, groups, or substructures in the structural analog.
- In accordance with its methodological aspects, the present invention in relation to subcategory (B) contemplates the loading of any extrinsically fluorescent compound into an intact, bacterially derived vesicle, including a minicell or a killed bacterial cell, by means of the large-scale process. In accordance with its compositional aspects, the invention in relation to subcategory (B) encompasses compositions comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles that contain an extrinsically fluorescent compound selected from subcategory (B), exclusive of minicell-containing compositions in which the constituent minicells consist of those containing Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel or BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine. Such excluded minicell-containing compositions were disclosed by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, without reference to or implication of the presently described effect of fluorescence on transmembrane movement of compounds into such vesicles.
- Illustrative of the above-mentioned structural analogs are fluorescent seco-analogs of duocarmycin, a cytotoxic antibiotic, as described by Tietze et al., Chemistry & Diversity 9: 2559-70 (2012). Via a reaction scheme involving certain coumarin-carboxylic acids, a trimethoxyindole moiety and (dimethylamino)ethoxyindole moieties of the drug are replaced by a fluorescent molecule, which, like the replaced moieties, interact with DNA. Likewise exemplary of structural analogs within this description are fluorescent analogs of the drug edelfosine (1-O-octadecyl-2-O-methyl-rac-glycero-3-phosphocholine) that, as described in Mollinedo et al., Cell Death & Dis. 2: e158 (2011), preserve the pro-apoptotic activity of the drug. See also Gajate et al., Oncogene 31: 2627-39 (2012).
- In embodiments where a fluorescent conjugate is employed, the linker can have a half-life such that the linker degrades, when the compound is loaded into the vesicle or when a period of time has elapsed or within a range of time thereafter (see below), to release the active constituent of the extrinsically fluorescent conjugate. Alternatively, the linker group can be labile within the target cell. That is, the linker can be subject to thermal, pH-dependent, chemical (e.g., hydrolytic), or enzymatic cleavage, whereupon the active constituent is released into the cell, post-uptake. Such labile linkers have been developed, for instance, in the context of antibody-drug conjugates, and are readily adapted for use in the present invention. See Ducry and Stump, Bioconjugate Chem. 21: 5-13 (2010), plus further discussion below.
- The above-mentioned “energy transfer moiety” is a group that, upon excitation by electromagnetic radiation of an appropriate wavelength, transfers energy to a nearby energy receptor. The “appropriate” wavelength is any wavelength of electromagnetic radiation that excites electrons in the energy transfer moiety so that they enter an energy level whereby, upon relaxation, the electron either is released from the energy transfer moiety or causes release of electromagnetic radiation from the energy transfer moiety.
- Illustrative energy transfer moieties are groups that have a conjugated pi-electron system. Conjugated pi-systems include, for instance, coordination of multiple double bonds, coordination of multiple aromatic groups, coordination of double bonds with aromatic groups, coordination of heterocyclic aromatic groups, and the like. Illustrative energy transfer moieties are acridinyl groups, xanthenyl groups, anthracenyl groups, benzimidazolyl groups, phenanthrenyl groups, pyridinyl groups, quinolinyl groups, and porphorinyl groups.
- The energy receptor to which energy is transferred, in keeping with the invention, is believed to be associated with one or more transmembrane structures of the nonliving bacterial vesicle. According to this perspective, when energy transfer is effected from the energy transfer moiety then the transmembrane structure(s) receive(s) the energy transferred, whether via an electron or an emission of light.
- Discussed below are different types of compounds that, if they are autofluorescent or extrinsically fluorescent are suitable for loading into the intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles in accordance with the invention. These include but are not limited to the class of biologically active compounds and the subclass of chemotherapeutic compounds, particularly small molecule chemotherapeutic compounds,
- Many biologically active compounds are not fluorescent. The present disclosure relates an approach for providing a modified (derivatized) form of the given compound, which is fluorescent, for loading such compounds into intact, nonliving bacterial vesicles and, through such vesicles, then for introducing them into a target mammalian cell. While most molecules will be less than about 900 daltons in size, attaching a fluorescent molecule or altering the drug's structure to enhance loading of the drug into minicells, may increase its molecular weight up to about 1500 daltons.
- In one aspect, the invention contemplates conjugating a biologically active but non-fluorescent compound with a fluorescent moiety to form a “modified compound” of the formula:
-
D-L-F, - or a salt thereof, where:
- D is the compound or an active constituent thereof,
- L is a linker, and
- F is a fluorescent moiety.
- Such a fluorescent modified compound can be incubated with an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle under conditions allowing the modified compound to enter the vesicle, pursuant to the invention.
- The linker L can be such that the compound or active constituent D is released from the fluorescent moiety F after a period of time or under certain conditions. For example, as noted above the linker can have a half-life in the vesicle such that the linker degrades, sometime after the modified compound is loaded, to release D within the vesicle. Alternatively, the linker L can be stable inside the vesicle but labile in the endosome or lysosome of a mammalian cell. That is, upon uptake by a target mammalian cell and exposure to the environment within the endosomal or lysosomal compartment, the linker degrades under the impact of an environmental factor, such as pH or enzyme action, to release the active constituent in the endosome or lysosome. Examples of such linkers are provided below in Section G.
- According to a related aspect the modified compound does not have the biological activity of the unmodified compound and remains in that “inactive” state inside the vesicle. Degradation of the linker in the endosome or lysosome results in release of an active form or species, namely, of active constituent D.
- More generally, the fluorescent moiety can be linked to the biologically active compound at a position that partially or completely inhibits the activity of the latter. A biologically active compound typically has one or more external reactive groups that are important for biological activity. Chemical modification or derivatization of these reactive groups can reduce or even eliminate the biological activity of the compound. Such is illustrated by certain modified compounds, discussed in the examples below, that do not possess the biological activity associated with the corresponding unmodified compounds.
- With the present technology even higher molecular weight compounds on the molecular-weight continuum of small molecule compounds, as defined under section (E) below, can be loaded effectively into intact, bacterially derived vesicles. Thus, the modified compound can have a molecular weight of at least about 1000 Daltons, or alternatively at least about 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, or 1500 Daltons.
- In the context of any of the methods and compositions described above, the compound or the modified compound can be hydrophobic, while in another aspect, hydrophilic. In yet another aspect the compound or the modified compound is water-soluble.
- Along a similar line, the invention provides in one aspect a composition comprising intact, bacterially derived vesicles, in the form of minicells and/or killed bacterial cells, and a compound of the formula D-L-F or a salt thereof, where D is the residue of a non-fluorescent small molecule compound such as a drug, L is a linker, and F is a fluorescent moiety. The composition is useful particularly for the fact that loading the compound into the vesicles is facilitated over the instance of the unmodified small molecular compound.
- In accordance with one aspect, the bacterial vesicle of this description is an intact, bacterially derived minicell. Given the high efficiency of the inventive loading methodology, each such vesicle (i.e., minicell) can be packaged with at least about 100,000 copies of the compound. More particularly, each minicell can be packaged with at least about 200,000 copies or, alternatively, with at least about 300,000, about 400,000, about 500,000, about 600,000, about 700,000, about 800,000, about 900,000 or about 1 million copies of the compound.
- In one aspect the minicells enclose at least about 200 ng, or at least 300 ng, 400 ng, 500 ng, 600 ng, 700 ng, 800 ng, 900 ng, or 1,000 ng of a given fluorescent compound or combination of fluorescent compounds per 109 minicells. By contrast, the amount loaded per 109 minicells of a comparable non-fluorescent compound typically is an order of magnitude smaller, i.e., on the order of tens of nanograms.
- According to another aspect of the disclosure, the intact, nonliving vesicle is a killed bacterial cell. In keeping with the description above, a given killed bacterial cell has a capacity that is about 3-4 times greater than that of a minicell. Accordingly, the killed bacterial cell can be packaged at least about 400,000 copies of the modified compound. More particularly, each killed bacterial cell can be packaged with at least about 800,000 copies or, alternatively, with at least about 1,200,000, about 1,600,000, about 2,000,000, about 2,400,000, about 2,800,000, about 3,200,000, about 3,600,000 or about 4 million copies of the compound.
- Such killed bacterial cells can enclose at least about 800 ng, or at least 1,200 ng, 1,600 ng, 2,000 ng, 2,400 ng, 2,800 ng, 3,200 ng, 3,600 ng, or 4,000 ng of the compound per 109 killed cells.
- The phrases “intact, bacterially derived vesicle” and “intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle” synonymously refer to a vesicular derivative of a bacterial cell, including a killed bacterial cell and a bacterial minicell, which cannot reproduce and which is unable actively to initiate an entry into a mammalian cell. In this context “intact” connotes regular continuity and structural integrity in the cell envelope, i.e., in the plasma membrane and the surrounding cell wall, which includes multiple layers (for vesicles derived from Gram-positive bacterial cells) or a bilayer outer membrane around a single-layer cell wall (for vesicles derived from Gram-negative bacterial cells). See B
ERGEY'S MANUAL OF SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY , 2nd ed. (Springer, 2012). - Thus, the phrase “intact killed bacterial cells” denotes intact, non-living prokaryotic cells of bacteria, cyanobacteria, eubacteria or archaebacteria, possessing an intact cell envelope and containing genetic material (nucleic acid) that is endogenous to the bacterial species. Id. For pharmaceutical use, a composition of killed bacterial cells are isolated as thoroughly as possible from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants. Methodology for purifying intact killed bacterial cells is described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862, the relevant contents of which are incorporated by reference here. Briefly, live bacterial cells can be killed by antibiotics, followed by removal of cell debris and free endotoxins.
- “Minicell” refers to a derivative of a bacterial cell that is lacking in chromosomes (“chromosome-free”) and that is engendered by a disturbance in the coordination, during binary fission, of cell division with DNA segregation. Minicells are distinct from other small vesicles, such as so-called “membrane blebs” (˜0.2 μm or less in size), which are generated and released spontaneously in certain situations but which are not due to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression. By the same token, intact minicells are distinct from bacterial ghosts, which are not generated due to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression.
- Bacterially derived minicells employed in this disclosure are fully intact, as discussed above, and thus are distinguished from other chromosome-free forms of bacterial cellular derivatives characterized by an outer or defining membrane that is disrupted or degraded, even removed. See U.S. Pat. No. 7,183,105 at column 111, lines 54 et seq. The intact membrane that characterizes the minicells of the present disclosure allows retention of the therapeutic payload within the minicell until the payload is released, post-uptake, within a tumor cell.
- The minicell employed in accordance with this disclosure can be prepared from bacterial cells, such as E. coli and S. typhymurium. Prokaryotic chromosomal replication is linked to normal binary fission, which involves mid-cell septum formation. In E. coli, for example, mutation of min genes, such as minCD, can remove the inhibition of septum formation at the cell poles during cell division, resulting in production of a normal daughter cell and a chromosome-less minicell. See de Boer et al., J. Bacteriol. 174: 63-70 (1992); Raskin and de Boer, J. Bacteriol. 181: 6419-24 (1999); Hu and Lutkenhaus, Mol. Microbiol. 34: 82-90 (1999); and Harry, Mol. Microbiol. 40: 795-803 (2001).
- In addition to min operon mutations, chromosome-less minicells are generated following a range of other genetic rearrangements or mutations that affect septum formation, for example, in the divIVBI in B. subtilis. See Reeve and Cornett, J. Virol. 15: 1308-16 (1975). Minicells also can be formed following a perturbation in the levels of gene expression of proteins involved in cell division/chromosome segregation. For instance, over-expression of minE leads to polar division and production of minicells. Similarly, chromosome-less minicells can result from defects in chromosome segregation, e.g., the smc mutation in Bacillus subtilis (Britton et al., Genes Dev. 12: 1254-59 (1998)), the spoOJ deletion in B. subtilis (Ireton et al., J. Bacteriol. 176: 5320-29 (1994)), the mukB mutation in E. coli (Hiraga et al., J. Bacteriol. 171: 1496-1505 (1989)), and the parC mutation in E. coli (Stewart and D'Ari, J. Bacteriol. 174: 4513-51 (1992)). Further, CafA can enhance the rate of cell division and/or inhibit chromosome partitioning after replication (Okada et al., J. Bacteriol. 176: 917-22 (1994)), resulting in formation of chained cells and chromosome-less minicells.
- Min systems exist in most bacterial species, see Barak, Frontiers in Microbiology 4: Art. 378 (2013), while in other bacteria, such as Caulobacter crescentus, another mechanism has evolved for controlling placement of the division septum, which mechanism can be manipulated to produce minicells via unequal division. Accordingly, minicells can be prepared for the present disclosure from any bacterial cell, be it of Gram-positive or Gram-negative origin. Furthermore, the minicells used in the disclosure should possess intact cell walls (i.e., are “intact minicells”), as noted above, and should be distinguished over and separated from other small vesicles, such as membrane blebs, which are not attributable to specific genetic rearrangements or episomal gene expression.
- In a given embodiment the parental (source) bacteria for the minicells can be Gram-positive or they can be Gram-negative, as mentioned. Parental bacteria thus can be selected, for example, from any one or more of the taxons Terrabacteria (BV1), which includes the Gram-positive phyla (Actinobacteria and Firmicutes), among others; Proteobacteria (BV2), a phylum of which all members are Gram-negative; and category BV4, which includes Spirochaetes, Sphingobacteria, and Planctobacteria as well as other Gram-negative bacteria, such as Acidobacteria.
- Pursuant to one aspect, therefore, the bacteria from which killed bacterial cells or minicells are prepared are selected from one or more of the taxons Firmicutes (BV3), such as Bacilli, Clostridia and Tenericutes/Mollicutes, and Actinobacteria (BV5), such as Actinomycetales and Bifidobacteriales. In yet a further aspect, the parental bacteria are selected from any one or more of Eobacteria (Chlorofexi, Deinococcus-Thermus), Cyanobacteria, Thermodesulfobacteria, thermophiles (Aquificae, Thermotogae), Alpha, Beta, Gamma (Enterobacteriaceae), Delta or Epsilon Proteobacteria, Spirochaetes, Fibrobacteres, Chlorobi/Bacteroidetes, Chlamydiae/errcomicrobia, Planctomycetes, Acidobacteria, Chrysiogenetes, Deferribacteres, Fusobacteria, Gemmatimonadetes, Nitrospirae, Synergistetes, Dictyoglomi, Lentisphaerae Bacillales, Bacillaceae, Listeriaceae, Staphylococcaceae, Lactobacillales, Enterococcaceae, Lactobacillaceae, Leuconostocaceae, Streptococcaceae, Clostridiales, Halanaerobiales, Thermoanaerobacterales, Mycoplasmatales, Entomoplasmatales, Anaeroplasmatales, Acholeplasmatales, Haloplasmatales, Actinomycinese, Actinomycetaceae, Corynebacterinese, Nocardiaceae, Corynebacteriaceae, Frankineae, Frankiaceae, Micrococcineae, Brevibacteriaceae, and Bifidobacteriaceae.
- For pharmaceutical use a composition of the present disclosure should comprise killed bacterial cells or minicells that are isolated as thoroughly as possible from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants. Methodology for purifying bacterially derived minicells to remove free endotoxin and parent bacterial cells are described in WO2004/113507, which is incorporated by reference here in its entirety. Briefly, the purification process achieves removal of (a) smaller vesicles, such as membrane blebs, which are generally smaller than 0.2 μm in size, (b) free endotoxins released from cell membranes, and (c) parental bacteria, whether live or dead, and their debris, which are sources of free endotoxins, too. Such removal can be implemented with, inter alia, a 0.2 μm filter to remove smaller vesicles and cell debris, a 0.45 μm filter to remove parental cells following induction of the parental cells to form filaments, antibiotics to kill live bacterial cells, and antibodies against free endotoxins.
- Underlying the purification procedure is a discovery by the present inventors that, despite the difference of their bacterial sources, all intact minicells are approximately 400 nm in size, i.e., larger than membrane blebs and other smaller vesicles and yet smaller than parental bacteria. Size determination for minicells can be accomplished by using solid-state, such as electron microscopy, or by liquid-based techniques, e.g., dynamic light scattering. The size value yielded by each such technique can have an error range, and the values can differ somewhat between techniques. Thus, the size of minicells in a dried state can be measured via electron microscopy as approximately 400 nm±50 nm. On the other hand, dynamic light scattering can measure the same minicells to be approximately 500 nm±50 nm in size. Also, drug-packaged, ligand-targeted minicells can be measured, again using dynamic light scattering, to be approximately 600 nm±50 nm.
- This scatter of size values is readily accommodated in practice, e.g., for purposes of isolating minicells from immunogenic components and other toxic contaminants, as described above. That is, an intact, bacterially derived minicell is characterized by cytoplasm surrounded by a rigid membrane, which gives the minicell a rigid, spherical structure. This structure is evident in transmission-electron micrographs, in which minicell diameter is measured, across the minicell, between the outer limits of the rigid membrane. This measurement provides the above-mentioned size value of 400 nm±50 nm.
- Another structural element of a minicell derived from Gram-negative bacteria is the O-polysaccharide component of lipopolysaccharide (LPS), which is embedded in the outer membrane via the lipid A anchor. The component is a chain of repeat carbohydrate-residue units, with as many as 70 to 100 repeat units of four to five sugars per chain. Because these chains are not rigid, in a liquid environment, as in vivo, they can adopt a waving, flexible structure that gives the general appearance of seaweed in a coral sea environment; i.e., the chains move with the liquid while remaining anchored to the minicell membrane.
- Influenced by the O-polysaccharide component, dynamic light scattering can provide a value for minicell size of about 500 nm to about 600 nm, as noted above. Nevertheless, minicells from Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria alike readily pass through a 0.45 μm filter, which substantiates an effective minicell size of 400 nm±50 nm. The above-mentioned scatter in sizes is encompassed by the present invention and, in particular, is denoted by the qualifier “approximately” in the phrase “approximately 400 nm in size” and the like.
- In relation to toxic contaminants, a composition of the disclosure can contain less than about 350 EU free endotoxin. Illustrative in this regard are levels of free endotoxin of about 250 EU, about 200 EU, about 150 EU, about 100 EU, about 90 EU, about 80 EU, about 70 EU, about 60 EU, about 50 EU, about 40 EU, about 30 EU, about 20 EU, about 15 EU, about 10 EU, about 9 EU, about 8 EU, about 7 EU, about 6 EU, about 5 EU, about 4 EU, about 3 EU, about 2 EU, about 1 EU, about 0.9 EU, about 0.8 EU, about 0.7 EU, about 0.6 EU, about 0.5 EU, about 0.4 EU, about 0.3 EU, about 0.2 EU, about 0.1 EU, about 0.05 EU, and about 0.01 EU, respectively.
- A composition of the disclosure also can contain at least about 108 vesicles, e.g., at least about 5×10. Alternatively, the composition can contain on the order of 109 or 1010 vesicles, e.g., 5×109, 1×1010 or 5×1010 vesicles. Amongst any such number of minicells, moreover, a composition of the disclosure can contain fewer than about 10 contaminating live/parent bacterial cells, e.g., fewer than about 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 live/parent bacterial cells.
- As noted, this disclosure provides methodology for loading into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle a small molecule compound that is fluorescent. The small molecule compound can be intrinsically fluorescent (autofluorescent) or it can be extrinsically fluorescent, i.e., fluorescent by virtue of the addition of a fluorescent moiety to a non-fluorescent compound, whereupon the modified compound is loaded into an intact, nonliving bacterial vesicle.
- In accordance with this disclosure, the small molecule compound can be a “small molecule drug,” which means that it is biologically active at the point of administration of the inventive composition or that it converts to a biologically active form (is “activated”) in vivo, post-administration. In keeping with the definition above, “biologically active” refers to the ability of a small molecule drug to react with protein, nucleic acid or other molecules in a cell, leading to a functional change in the cell. In one aspect the change is therapeutically desirable. The biological activity can be a cytotoxicity, for example, whereby the small molecule compound is a chemotherapeutic agent, i.e., it is a small molecule “chemotherapeutic drug.” Thus, “chemotherapeutic drug,” “chemotherapeutic agent,” and “chemotherapy” are employed interchangeably to connote a small molecule drug that has the ability to kill or disrupt a neoplastic cell.
- The “small molecule drug” subcategory encompasses compounds characterized by having (i) an effect on a biological process and (ii) a relatively low molecular weight as compared to a protein or polymeric macromolecule. Small molecule drugs typically are about 900 Daltons or less, with a lower limit of about 150 Daltons, as illustrated by Temodar® (temozolomide), at about 194 Daltons, which is used to treat gliaoblastoma multiforme and other types of brain cancer. However, while most molecules will be less than about 900 daltons in size, attaching a fluorescent molecule or altering the drug's structure to enhance loading of the drug into minicells may increase its molecular weight up to about 1500 daltons. In this context “about” indicates that the qualified molecular-weight value is subject to variances in measurement precision and to experimental error on the order of several Daltons or tens of Daltons. Thus, a small molecule drug (unmodified, modified, or attached to a fluorescent molecule) can have a molecular weight of about 1500 Daltons or less, about 1400 Daltons or less, about 1300 Daltons or less, about 1200 Daltons or less, about 1100 Daltons or less, about 1000 Daltons or less, about 900 Daltons or less, about 800 Daltons or less, about 700 Daltons or less, about 600 Daltons or less, about 500 Daltons or less, or about 400 Daltons or less, e.g., in the range of about 150 to about 400 Daltons. More specifically, a small molecule drug (unmodified, modified, or attached to a fluorescent molecule) can have a molecular weight of about 400 Daltons or more, about 450 Daltons or more, about 500 Daltons or more, about 550 Daltons or more, about 600 Daltons or more, about 650 Daltons or more, about 700 Daltons or more, about 750 Daltons or more, about 800 Daltons or more, about 850 Daltons or more, about 900 Daltons or more, about 950 Daltons or more, about 1000 Daltons or more, about 1050 Daltons or more, about 1100 Daltons or more, about 1150 Daltons or more, about 1200 Daltons or more, about 1250 Daltons or more, about 1300 Daltons or more, about 1350 Daltons or more, about 1400 Daltons or more, about 1450 Daltons or more, or about 1500 Daltons or more. In another embodiment, the small molecule drug (unmodified, modified, or attached to a fluorescent molecule) packaged into the minicells has a molecular weight between about 400 and about 1300 Daltons, between about 400 and about 1100 Daltons, between about 400 and about 1000 Daltons, between about 450 and about 900 Daltons, between about 450 and about 850 Daltons, between about 450 and about 800 Daltons, between about 500 and about 800 Daltons, or between about 550 and about 750 Daltons.
- Subject to the qualifications set out above to the present invention's methodological and compositional aspects, respectively, suitable small molecule chemotherapeutic drugs include but are not limited to nitrogen mustards, nitrosoureas, ethyleneimine, alkane sulfonates, tetrazine, platinum compounds, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs, anti-metabolites, folate analogs, anthracyclines, taxanes, vinca alkaloids, and topoisomerase inhibitors, inter alia. Accordingly, a small molecule chemotherapeutic drug for use in the present invention can be selected from among any of the following, inter alia: enediynes, such as dynemicin A, unicalamycin, calicheamicin γ1 and calicheamicin θ1; meayamicin, a synthetic analog of FR901464; benzosuberene derivatives as described, for example, by Tanpure et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 21: 8019-32 (2013); auristatins, such as auristatin E, mono-methyl auristatin E (MMAE), and auristatin F, which are synthetic analogs of dolastatin; duocarmysins such as duocarmycin SA and CC-1065; maytansine and its derivatives (maytansinoids), such as DM1 and DM4; irinotecan (Camptosar®) and other topoisomerase inhibitors, such as topotecan, etoposide, mitoxantrone and teniposide; and yatakemycin, the synthesis of which is detailed by Okano et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 128: 7136-37 (2006).
- More particularly, any one or more or all of the specific small molecule chemotherapeutic drugs detailed in this paragraph are illustrative of those suitable for use in accordance with the qualifications set out in section (C) above: actinomycin-D, alkeran, ara-C, anastrozole, BiCNU, bicalutamide, bleomycin, busulfan, capecitabine (Xeloda®), carboplatin, carboplatinum, carmustine, CCNU, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, CPT-11, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, cytosine arabinoside, cytoxan, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, dexrazoxane, docetaxel, DTIC, ethyleneimine, etoposide, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, flutamide, fotemustine, gemcitabine, hexamethylamine, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitotane, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, pamidronate, pentostatin, plicamycin, procarbazine, streptozocin, STI-571, tamoxifen, temozolomide, teniposide, tetrazine, thioguanine, thiotepa, tomudex, topotecan, treosulphan, trimetrexate, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, vinorelbine, and VP-16. Pursuant to the invention, any one or more or all of these small molecule chemotherapeutic drugs can be derivatized with a fluorophore or, as the case may be, can be exploited for intrinsic fluorescence.
- As detailed in section (C) above, compositions within the invention are subject to exclusions in relation to intrinsically fluorescent drugs (subcategory (A)) and to extrinsically florescent active agents (subcategory (B)), respectively. For subcategory (A), the exclusions consist of doxorubicin, irinotecan, bisantrene, epirubicin, topotecan, epirubicin, daunorubicin, and mitoxantrone. For subcategory (B), the exclusions consist of Oregon Green® 488-conjugated paclitaxel and BODIPY® FL-conjugated vinblastine.
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is of formula D-I or D-II
- or a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound or the stereoisomer, where:
-
- R1 is H, —OH, C1-4 alkoxy, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), substituted C1-4 alkoxy, —O—C(O)— (substituted C1-4 alkyl), —O—CH2—O—P(O)(OH)2, —O—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —O—CH2—S—(C1-4 alkyl), or, taken together with R3 form —CH2—, or, taken together with R4, a double bond, ORe, or Re;
- R2 is H, —OH, C1-4alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, substituted C1-4 alkoxy, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —O—C(O)-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), —O—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —S—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —O—C(O)—Re or —Re;
- R3 is H, C1-4 alkyl, or, taken together with R1 form —CH2—;
- R4 is H or halogen, or, taken together with R1, a double bond;
- R5 is H, C1-4 acyl, C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxymethyl, (C1-4 alkyl)thiomethyl, —C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O(substituted C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—NH(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—NH(substituted C1-4 alkyl), or Re;
- R6 is phenyl or substituted phenyl;
- R7 is H, —OH, —CO—(C1-4 alkyl), —CO-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, (C1-4 alkoxy)methyl or (C1-4 alkyl)thiomethyl, or, taken together with R8 and the carbon atoms to which R7 and R8 are bonded, a five or six membered a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring;
- R8 is H, —CH3, or, taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which R7 and R8 are bonded, a five or six membered a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring;
- R9 is H, C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, —CO—(C1-4 alkyl), —CO-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), or Re;
- R10 is C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, aryl or substituted aryl;
- R11 is C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, —SR12, —NHR12 or —OR12; and
- R12 is C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
- provided at least one of R1, R2, R5 and R9 is Re, and Re is a point of connection to L.
- In some embodiments:
-
- R1 is H, OH, —CH2SCH3, —CH2—O—P(O)(OH)2, ORe or Re;
- R2 is H, —OH, —OCO—CH3, —CO—CH3 or —(CH2)2—N-morpholino;
- R3 is methyl, or, R3 and R4, taken together, are alkylene, such as —CH2—;
- R4 is H or —F;
- R5 is —CO—CH3;
- R6 is phenyl;
- R7 H or OH,
- R8 is H;
- or R7 and R8, taken together, are —O—CO—O—;
- R9 is H, —C(O)—CHBr-(CH2)13—CH3, —C(O)—(CH2)2—NH2; —C(O)—(CH2)14—CH3; —C(O)—CH2—CH(OH)—COOH, —C(O)—CH2—O—C(O)CH2CH(NH2)—CONH2, —C(O)—CH2—O—CH2CH2OCH3, —C(O)—O—C(O)—CH2CH3, or —Re;
- R10 is phenyl, (CH3)2CHCH2—, -2-furanyl, cyclopropyl or para-toluyl; and
- R11 is phenyl, tert-butoxy, —S—CH2—CH—(CH3)2, —S—CH(CH3)3, —S—(CH2)3CH3, —O—CH(CH3)3, —NH—CH(CH3)3, —CH═C(CH3)2 or para-chlorophenyl;
- provided that at least one of R1 and R9 is Re.
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is of formula
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of a compound selected from:
- or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound or the stereoisomer.
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of paclitaxel.
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of docetaxel.
- In some embodiments, D in the formula D-L-F is a residue of vinblastine or an analog thereof.
- Fluorescent moieties are well known in the art. In some aspects, the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 760 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 770 nm. In some aspects, the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 600 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 600 nm. In some aspects, the fluorescent moiety has a maximum wavelength of excitation of 500 nm, and/or a maximum wavelength of emission of 550 nm. In some embodiments the fluorescent moiety has an excitation wavelength selected from 380-450 nm, 450-495 nm, 495-570 nm, 570-590 nm, 590-620 nm, 620-650 nm, 650-700 nm or 700-760 nm. In some embodiments the fluorescent moiety has an emission wavelength selected from 380-450 nm, 450-495 nm, 495-570 nm, 570-590 nm, 590-620 nm 620-650 nm, 650-700 nm or 700-770 nm.
- In some aspects the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 100 Daltons to about 1000 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these two values, or about 100 Daltons to about 650 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these two values. In other embodiments, the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 200, about 300, about 400, about 500, about 600, about 700, about 800, about 900 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these values. In yet other embodiments, the fluorescent moiety has a molecular weight of about 150, about 200, about 250, about 300, about 350, about 400, about 450, about 500, about 550, about 600, about 650 Daltons, or any amount inbetween these values.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is a residue of a compound selected from a xanthene derivative, such as fluorescein, rhodamine, Oregon Green, cosin, and Texas Red; a cyanine derivative such as cyanine, indocarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine, thiacarbocyanine, and merocyanine; a naphthalene derivative such as dansyl and prodan derivatives; a coumarin derivative; a oxadiazole derivative such as pyridyloxazole, nitrobenzoxadiazole and benzoxadiazole; a anthracene derivatives such as anthraquinones, e.g., DRAQ5, DRAQ7 and CyTRAK Orange; a pyrene derivative such as cascade blue; a oxazine derivative such as Nile Red, Nile Blue, cresyl violet, and oxazine 170; a acridine derivative such as proflavin, acridine orange, and acridine yellow; a arylmethine derivative such as auramine, crystal violet, and malachite green; and a tetrapyrrole derivative such as porphin, phthalocyanine, and bilirubin.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is
- where
-
- X is O or NR20;
- R20 is H or C1-4 alkyl;
- R21 is H, C1-4 alkyl, halo, —OH, —COOH, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O—(C1-4 alkyl), C1-4 alkoxy, halo, —NO2, —SO2C, —SO3 −, or Rf;
- R22 is H, halo, —OH, —COOH, C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, substituted C1-4 alkoxy, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —O—C(O)-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O-(substituted C1-4 alkyl), —O—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —S—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —NO2, —SO2Cl, —SO3 −, or Rf;
- each R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28 and R29 are independently H, halo, —OH, —NO2, —CH3 or Rf,
- or R23 and R24 join together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, and/or R24 and R25 join together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, and/or R27 and X join together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, and/or R28 and X join together to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring;
- provided at least one and no more than two of R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28 and R29 is Rf; wherein Rf is a point of connection to L.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is
- where R21 is the point of connection to L.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is a residue of a compound selected from:
- where each R30 is independently hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl or substituted C1-4 alkyl, A1 and A2 are independently optionally substituted nitrogen containing heteroaryl, n is an integer selected from 1-10. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is pyrrole, imidazole, thiazole, pyridine, quinoline, indole, benzoxazole or benzothiazole.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is
- where one of R40 is R30 and the other is Rf, L40-Rf, L40-ORf, L40-NHRf, L40 is (CH2)m, wherein one or two CH2 groups are optionally replaced with O, S, SO, SO2, C(O)O, OC(O), C(O)NH, NHC(O), NH or optionally substituted phenyl, and Rf is a point of connection to L.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is
- where
-
- R31 and R32 are independently H, —OH, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O—(C1-4 alkyl), C1-4 alkoxy, halo, or Rf;
- R34 and R35 are independently H, halo, —OH, —COOH, C1-4 alkyl, substituted C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, —O—C(O)—(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —O—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), —S—CH2—O—(C1-4 alkyl), or Rf;
- each R33 and R36 is independently H, halo, —OH, —CH3 or Rf;
- each R37, R38 and R39 is independently halo, —OH, —CH3 or Rf;
- each m, n, and p is independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
- provided at least one and no more than two of R31, R32, R34, R34, R35, R36, R37, R38 and R39 is Rf; wherein Rf is a point of connection to L.
- In one aspect the fluorescent moiety (F) is
- where R32 is the point of connection to L.
- The linker (L) of the present disclosure connects a fluorescent moiety or fluorophore to a small molecule compound. In a particular aspect the linker is a bond, i.e., the fluorescent moiety is linked to the small molecule compound directly.
- In some embodiments, the attachment of the fluorescent moiety does not significantly reduce the activity of the drug (D), thereby the modified compound is biologically active and/or pharmaceutically effective. In some embodiments, the attachment of the fluorescent moiety reduces or eliminates the activity of the drug (D), thereby the modified compound has a reduced biological and/or pharmaceutical activity or alternatively is biologically inactive and/or pharmaceutically ineffective.
- Other linkers suitable for this purpose include linkers well known for purposes of conjugating two molecules.
- In some aspects the linker (L) is stable and does not degrade upon administration, and the conjugate of the fluorescent moiety and the drug is biologically and/or pharmaceutically active. Exemplary stable linkers include but are not limited to acetylalanine (see Example 2) and beta-alanine (see Example 3). In other aspects the linker has a half-life under physiological conditions (e.g., in a non-lyophilized state) that is longer than the minicell loading time such that the fluorescent moiety/fluorophore and the small molecule compound become separate upon break-down of the linker after the modified compound is loaded into the minicell. Generally speaking, it takes about 4 hours to load the minicells. Thus, the half-life of the linker can be at least 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 16 hours, 18 hours, 20 hours, 22 hours, or 24 hours. Preferably, the half-life of the linker is within 6-24 hour or 8-24 hours. For example, when used as a linker the 2′-(3-aminopropanoyl) moiety has a half-life of about 8 hours.
- In other aspects the linker is stable within the bacterial vesicle but can be pH-sensitive and, hence, is less stable at a pH lower than neutral. Since the pH in the endosome/lysosome is significantly lower than in the normal cellular environment, such a pH-sensitive linker is only degradable in the endosome/lysosome of a target mammalian cell. Under such acidic conditions the linker may be hydrolyzed. For example, esters may be hydrolyzed to an alcohol residue and a carboxylic acid, or amides may be hydrolyzed to an amine and a carboxylic acid.
- That pH-sensitive linkers are known is illustrated, for instance, by Nie et al. in P
OLYMERIC BIOMATERIALS : MEDICINAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL APPLICATIONS , Chapter 16, pages 413-32 (Dumitriu ed., 2013), which describes acid-labile linkers used in drug delivery. International patent application WO2006/108052 also describes acid-labile linkers, which are degradable under conditions found in lysosomes. Duncan, Nature Reviews Cancer 6: 688-701 (2006), describes linkers degradable upon exposure to lysosomal enzymes, for example, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly and polyglutamic acid (PGA) are cleaved by cathepsin B), or to lower pH, for instance, a hydrazone linker degrades in endosomes and lysosomes (pH 6.5 to pH <4.0). U.S. Pat. No. 5,306,809 describes acid-labile linkers that are suitable for immune therapies. - For example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,521,431 describes the use as linkers of glycolic or lactic acid, hydroxy esters, such as 3-hydroxy butyric acid, 2-hydroxy propanoic acid, and 5-hydroxy caproic acid, amino acids, ortho-esters, anhydrides, phosphazines, phosphoesters.
- Published application US2013/0071482 describes linkers having one or more moieties such as
- where X5 is O or NH and structures for R are detailed in the '482 published application.
- Published application US2013/0261094 describes linkers such as:
- —OQ-(CHnH2n)—S(R′(R″)—(CmH2m)—CH2-A or —R9N-Q-(CnH2n)—S(R′)R″—(CmH2m)—CH2-A,
where n and m are integers from 0 to 20, and preferably from 1 to 10; R′ and R″ are independently an electron lone pair, an oxygen moiety such as ═O, or a nitrogen moiety such as ═N—Rx, wherein Rx is a homo- or heterogenous group of atoms; A is a conjunction moiety; and Q is a direct bond, a C═O, a C═NH or C═NRp group, wherein Rp is a C1-C3 alkyl and R9 can either be a hydrogen atom or a C1-C3 alkyl group. - Published application US2012/0121615 describes linkers such as
- or
- Published application US20050112065 describes pH-sensitive linkers, such as citraconyl or hydrazide linkers, or enzymatically-sensitive linkers. Examples of such linkers, which the application details, include:
- where x, y, z are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, with the proviso that at least one of x, y, and z is not 0. In some embodiments, x, y, and z are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- Nicoletti et al., Int'l J. Antimicrob. Agents 33: 441-8 (2009), describes polypeptide GlyPheLeuGly as a linker.
- The respective contents of the above-mentioned publications are incorporated here in their entirety by reference. Some publications use the name of a given compound when describing a linker. In any event, any given compound presents a divalent radical when acting as a linker, such that it can link a drug and a fluorescent moiety to provide a modified (fluorescent) compound in accordance with the invention.
- In one aspect the linker (L) is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—O—, —C(O)NH—, —OC(O)—(CHR50)qNR51C(O)—, and —OC(O)—(CHR50)qC(O)NR51—(CHR52)u—NH—C(S)—NH—, where R50, R51 and R52 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl, and q and u are independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7.
- In another aspect L is selected from the group consisting of: —O—C(O)—CH(CH3)—NHC(O)—, —O—C(O)—(CH2)2NH—CO—, and —O—C(O)—(CH2)3C(O)NH—(CH2—NH—C(S)—NH—.
- In some aspects the linker is —(CHR52)p—, where at least one of —(CHR52)— is replaced with one from the group of —O—, —(CHR52)—O)q—, —S—, —S—S—, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)O—, and —CR52═NNH, where R52 is H or C1-4 alkyl; and where p is an integer selected from 2-10 and q is an integer selected from 1-7. In some embodiments, p is an integer of from 2 to 10, inclusive, and q is an integer from 1 to 7, inclusive.
- Pursuant to a further aspect of this disclosure, the compound-loaded, intact and nonliving bacterial vesicles of a composition as described above are directed to a target mammalian tumor cell via a ligand. In some embodiments the ligand is “bispecific.” That is, the ligand displays a specificity for both minicell and mammalian (tumor) cell components, such that it causes a given vesicle to bind to the target cell, whereby the latter engulfs the former. Use of bispecific ligands to target a minicell to a tumor cell is further described in WO 05/056749 and WO 05/079854, and use of bispecific ligands to target a killed bacterial cell to a tumor cell is further described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,591,862, the respective contents of which are incorporated here by reference in its entirety. Once such a ligand is attached to a vesicle, the unoccupied specificity (“monospecificity”) of the ligand pertains until it interacts with the target (tumor) mammalian cell.
- The ligand can be attached to the cell membrane of the vesicles by virtue of the interaction between the ligand and a component on the cell membrane, such as a polysaccharide, a glycoprotein, or a polypeptide. The expressed ligand is anchored on the surface of a vesicle such that the surface component-binding portion of the ligand is exposed so that the portion can bind the target mammalian cell surface component when the vesicle and the mammalian cell come into contact.
- Alternatively, the ligand can be expressed and displayed by a living counterpart of a bacterially derived vesicle, e.g., by the parent cell of a minicell or by a bacterial cell before it becomes a killed cell. In this instance the ligand does not require a specificity to the vesicle and only displays a specificity to a component that is characteristic of mammalian cells. That is, such component need not be unique to tumor cells, per se, or even to the particular kind of tumor cells under treatment, so long as the tumor cells present the component on their surface.
- Upon intravenous administration, vesicles accumulate rapidly in the tumor microenvironment. This accumulation, occurring as a function of the above-described leaky tumor vasculature, effects delivery of vesicle-packaged therapeutic payload to cells of the tumor, which then internalize packaged vesicles.
- The inventors have found that this delivery approach is applicable to a range of mammalian tumor cells, including cells that normally are refractory to specific adhesion and endocytosis of minicells. For instance, ligands that comprise an antibody or antibody derivative (see below) directed at an anti-HER2 receptor or anti-EGF receptor can bind minicells to the respective receptors on a range of targeted non-phagocytic cells, such as lung, ovarian, brain, breast, prostate, and skin cancer cells.
- The binding thus achieved precedes uptake of the vesicles by each type of non-phagocytic cells. That is, in the context of the present invention a suitable target cell presents a cell surface component the binding of which, by a ligand on a vesicle, elicits endocytosis of that vesicle.
- More specifically, the present inventors discovered that the interaction between (a) the ligand on a minicell or a killed bacterial cell and (b) a mammalian cell surface receptor can activate an uptake pathway, called here a “receptor-mediated endocytosis” (rME) pathway, into the late-endosomal/lysosomal compartment of the target host cell, such as a tumor cell. By this rME pathway, the inventors found, bacterially derived vesicles are processed through the early endosome, the late endosome and the lysosome, resulting in release of their payload into the cytoplasm of the mammalian host cell. Moreover, a payload that is a nucleic acid not only escapes complete degradation in the late-endosomal/lysosomal compartment but also is expressed by the host cell.
- A ligand for this delivery approach can be “bispecific,” as described above, because it binds to surface components on a payload-carrying vesicle and on a target cell, respectively, and its interaction with the latter component leads to uptake of the vesicle into the rME pathway. In any event, a given target cell-surface component can be a candidate for binding by the ligand, pursuant to the invention, if interaction with the component in effect accesses an endocytic pathway that entails a cytosolic internalization from the target cell surface. Such candidates are readily assessed for suitability in the invention via an assay in which a cell type that presents on its surface a candidate component is co-incubated in vitro with minicells carrying a ligand that binds the candidate and that also is joined to a fluorescent dye or other marker amenable to detection, e.g., visually via confocal microscopy. (An in vitro assay of this sort is described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), in the legend to
FIG. 3 at page 436.) Thus, an observed internalization of the marker constitutes a positive indication by such an assay that the tested target cell-surface component is suitable for the present invention. - Illustrative of candidate target cell-surface components are members of (A) the receptor tyrosine kinases or “RKTs,” a family of transmembrane proteins that undergo constitutive internalization (endocytosis) at a rate similar to that of other integral membrane proteins. See Goh and Sorkin, Cold Spring Harb. Perspect. Biol. 5: a017459 (2013). The family of RKTs is described, for instance, by Lemmon and Schlessinger, Cell 141: 1117-134 (2010). The table below lists, in twenty subfamilies, all fifty-eight RTKs in the human proteome, any one or more of which may be tested for suitability in the invention, as described above (see also
FIG. 24 ). -
TABLE 1 RTK Subfamilies Exemplary RTKs ErbB EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 Ins InsR, IGF1R, InsRR PDGF PDGFRα, PDGFRβ, CSF1R/Fms, Kit/SCFR, Fit3/Flk2 VEGF VEGFR1/Fit1, VEGFR2/KDR, VEGFR3/Fit4 FGF FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4 PTK7 PTK7/CCK4 Trk TrkA, TrkB, TrkC Ror Ror1, Ror2 MuSK MuSK Met Met, Ron Axl Axl, Mer, Tyro3 Tie Tie1, Tie2 Eph EphA1-8, EphA10, EphB1-4, EphB6 Ret Ret Ryk Ryk DDR DDR1, DDR2 Ros Ros LMR LMR1, LMR2, LMR3 ALK ALK, LTK STYK1 SuRTK106/STYK1 - Likewise illustrative are members of: (B) the class of membrane-associated, high-affinity folate binding proteins (folate receptor), which bind folate and reduced folic acid derivatives and which mediate delivery of tetrahydrofolate to the interior of cells, (C) the subgroup of membrane-bound cytokine receptors that play a role in the internalization of a cognate cytokine, such as IL13; (D) the surface antigens, such as CD20, CD33, mesothelin and HM1.24, that are expressed on certain cancer cells and that mediate the internalization of cognate monoclonal antibodies, e.g., rituximab in the instance of CD20; and (E) the family of adhesion receptors (integrins), transmembrane glyproteins that are trafficked through the endosomal pathway and are major mediators of cancer cell adhesion to extracellular matrix.
- In accordance with the invention, the ligand can be any polypeptide or polysaccharide that exhibits the desired specificity or specificities, as the case may be. Preferred ligands are antibodies. In its present use the term “antibody” encompasses an immunoglobulin molecule obtained by in vitro or in vivo generation of an immunogenic response. Accordingly, the “antibody” category includes monoclonal antibodies and humanized antibodies, as well as antibody derivatives, such as single-chain antibody fragments (scFv), bispecific antibodies, etc. A large number of different bispecific protein and antibody-based ligands are known, as evidenced by the review article of Caravella and Lugovskoy, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 14: 520-28 (2010), which is incorporated here by reference in its entirety. Antibodies useful in accordance with the present disclosure can be obtained as well by known recombinant DNA techniques.
- By way of non-limiting example, therefore, an antibody that carries specificity for a surface component, such as a tumor antigen, can be used to target minicells to cells in a tumor to be treated, pursuant to the invention. Illustrative cell surface receptors in this regard include any of the RTKs epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) and insulin-like growth factor receptor (IGFR), each of which is highly expressed in several solid tumors, including brain tumors, and folate receptor, which is overexpressed in some pituitary adenomas. Such a bispecific ligand can be targeted as well to mutant or variant receptors, e.g., the IL-13Rα2 receptor, which is expressed in 50% to 80% of human glioblastoma multiforme tumors, see Wykosky et al., Clin Cancer Res. 14: 199-208 (2008), Jarboe et al., Cancer Res. 67: 7983-86 (2007), Debinski et al., J. Neurooncol. 48: 103-11 (2000), and Okada et al., J. Bacteriol. 176: 917-22 (1994), but which differs from its physiological counterpart IL4R/IL13R, expressed in normal tissues. See Hershey, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111: 677-90 (2003). Thus, IL13Rα2 is virtually absent from normal brain cells. See Debinski and Gibo, Mol. Med. 6: 440-49 (2000). Additionally, tumors that metastasize to the brain may overexpress certain receptors, which also can be suitable targets. For instance, Da Silva et al., Breast Cancer Res. 12: R46 (1-13) (2010), showed that brain metastases of breast cancer expressed all members of the HER family of RTKs. HER2 was amplified and overexpressed in 20% of brain metastases, EGFR was overexpressed in 21% of brain metastases, HER3 was overexpressed in 60% of brain metastases and HER4 was overexpressed in 22% of brain metastases. Interestingly, HER3 expression was increased in breast cancer cells residing in the brain.
- Formulations of a composition of the disclosure can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or vials, or in multi-dose containers, with or without an added preservative. The formulation can be a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. A suitable solution is isotonic with the blood of the recipient and is illustrated by saline, Ringers solution, and dextrose solution. Alternatively, formulations can be in lyophilized powder form, for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water or physiological saline. The formulations also can be in the form of a depot preparation. Such long-acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for instance, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
- In some aspect, a vesicle-containing composition that includes a therapeutically effective amount of a small molecule compound is provided. A “therapeutically effective” amount of an anti-neoplastic agent is a dosage of the agent in question, in accordance with the present disclosure. If the small molecule compound is in an inactive form in the vesicle, then the “therapeutically effective” amount refers to the amount of the inactive compound that releases an effective amount of activated compound in the endosome/lysosome of a target cell.
- In the context of the present disclosure, therefore, a therapeutically effective amount can be gauged by reference to the prevention or amelioration of the tumor or a symptom of the tumor, either in an animal model or in a human subject, when minicells carrying a therapeutic payload are administered, as further described below. An amount that proves “therapeutically effective amount” in a given instance, for a particular subject, may not be effective for 100% of subjects similarly treated for the tumor in question, even though such dosage is deemed a “therapeutically effective amount” by knowledgeable clinician. The appropriate dosage in this regard also will vary as a function, for example, of the type, stage, and severity of the tumor. In any event, the present illustrations of in vitro testing (Examples 3 and 4) and in vivo testing (Examples 5, 7 and 8) according to the present disclosure, as well as of methodology for quantifying the distribution of drug in vivo (Example 9), when considered in light of the entire description, empower a person knowledgeable in pre-clinical and clinical testing of drug candidates to determine, through routine experimentation, the therapeutically effective amount of active agent for a particular indication. Likewise, when “therapeutically effective” is used to refer to the number of minicells in a pharmaceutical composition, the number can be ascertained based on what anti-neoplastic agent is packaged into the minicells and the efficacy of that agent in treating a tumor. The therapeutic effect in this regard can be measured with a clinical or pathological parameter such as tumor mass. Accordingly, reduction or reduced increase of tumor mass can be used to measure therapeutic effects.
- Formulations within the disclosure can be administered via various routes and to various sites in a mammalian body, to achieve the therapeutic effect(s) desired, either locally or systemically. In a particular aspect, the route of administration is intravenous injection.
- In general, formulations of the disclosure can be used at appropriate dosages defined by routine testing, to obtain optimal physiological effect, while minimizing any potential toxicity. The dosage regimen can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including age, weight, sex, medical condition of the patient; the severity or stage of the tumor, the route of administration, and the renal and hepatic function of the patient.
- Optimal precision in achieving concentrations of vesicle and therapeutic agent within the range that yields maximum efficacy with minimal side effects can, and typically will, require a regimen based on the kinetics of agent availability to target sites and target cells. Distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of vesicles or agent can be considered when determining the optimal concentration for a treatment regimen. The dosage of vesicles and therapeutic agent, respectively, can be adjusted to achieve desired effects.
- Moreover, the dosage administration of the formulations can be optimized using a pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling system. Thus, one or more dosage regimens can be chosen and a pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic model can be used to determine the pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic profile of one or more dosage regimens. Based on a particular such profile, one of the dosage regimens for administration then can be selected that achieves the desired pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic response. For example, see WO 00/67776.
- A formulation of the disclosure can be administered at least once a week to a tumor patient, over the course of several weeks. Thus, the formulation can be administered at least once a week, over a period of several weeks to several months.
- More specifically, inventive formulations can be administered at least once a day for about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30 or about 31 days. Alternatively, the formulations can be administered about once every day or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30 or about 31 days or more.
- In another embodiment of the disclosure, formulations can be administered about once every week or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19 or about 20 weeks or more. Alternatively, the formulations can be administered at least once a week for about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19 or about 20 weeks or more.
- Alternatively, the formulations can be administered about once every month or about once every about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11 or about 12 months or more.
- The formulations can be administered in a single daily dose. Alternatively, the total daily dosage can be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
- The present invention, thus generally described, will be understood more readily by reference to the following examples, which are provided by way of illustration and are not intended to be limiting of the present invention. All publicly available documents referenced herein, including but not limited to patents, are specifically incorporated by reference.
- The inventors observed the effect of a fluorescence-related loading enhancement across a broad range of loaded compounds differing in fluorescence type (intrinsic versus extrinsic) and in compound structure. For extrinsically fluorescent compounds, differences concerned the nature, respectively, of the fluorophore and of the linker, if any.
- In general, the examples relate the loading of a variety of fluorescent compounds into bacterially derived, intact vesicles. For all of the examples the starting material was a buffered composition of empty, intact minicells, derived from a minCDE-chromosomal deletion mutant of Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (S. typhimurium), with a free endotoxin level of no more than about 5 EU per 109 minicells. See U.S. Pat. No. 8,449,877 (production of minicell compositions that are substantially lacking in free endotoxin).
- For loading vesicles (here, minicells), the methodology in Examples 1-5, 7-10, 12, and 13 essentially conform with the small-scale protocol, described above and illustrated in MacDiarmid et al. (2007). For instance, in a given experiment empty minicells in PBS buffer could be added to a microfuge tube and centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes). After the resulting supernatant was discarded, the minicell pellet would be resuspended in PBS buffer, optionally with 0.01 (w/v) gelatin added (so-called “BSG buffer”), and incubated with the payload compound, generally at about 200 μg to about 1 mg per ml of minicell suspension. The loaded minicells thus obtained would be centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and the loading supernatant discarded. Loaded minicells then would be washed by resuspending the pellet in 1 ml of buffer, centrifuging the minicells (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and discarding the supernatant wash. Such a wash step usually was repeated three times. Finally, the minicells would be resuspended in PBS or BSG buffer.
- When the fluorescent compound to be loaded is water-soluble, as was the case for many of the aforementioned examples, trapping of compound to vesicle outer surfaces is reduced in significance. As a consequence washing in small scale suffices, permitting use of the small-scale protocol. In Examples 6 and 11, however, the loaded compound was doxorubicin, which is amphipathic rather than hydrophilic, and so trapping is a significant factor. Accordingly, while the loading step for these examples was in small scale, i.e., loading took place in about milliliter-scale volumes of buffered liquid, the washing steps involved cross-filtration (no centrifugation) with liter-scale volumes of buffered liquid, thus constituting a large-scale process.
- Finally, Example 14 compares the small-scale protocol with the large-scale process, highlighting improved consistency and purity achieved with the latter.
- In the examples the payload-packaged minicells were mounted onto glass slides for visualization by fluorescence microscopy, using a Leica model DM LB light microscope, 100× magnification (Leica Microsystems, Germany). The results were captured using a Leica DC camera and Leica IM image management software, with appropriate filter employed to permit visualization of payload fluorescence.
- This example demonstrates packaging into the cytoplasm of bacterially derived minicells of a fluorescent conjugate of vinblastine. Vinblastine is an antimicrotubule drug conventionally used to treat certain kinds of cancer, including Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancer, and testicular cancer.
- The employed compound, Vinblastine BODIPY® FL, is available commercially and was obtained from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand. The compound is a conjugate vinblastine, via a methylene linker, with the fluorescent dye BODIPY® FL. Other BODIPY fluorophores, such as BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 630/650 and BODIPY 650/665, could be substituted for BODIPY® FL in this context. See T
HE MOLECULAR PROBES ® HANDBOOK —A GUIDE TO FLUORESCENT PROBES AND LABELING TECHNOLOGIES (11th ed.), Section 1.4, “BODIPY Dye Series,” the contents of which are incorporated here by reference. - Vinblastine BODIPY® FL has well-defined fluorescent characteristics (excitation 505 nm, emission 513 nm; red fluorescence). Its structure is depicted below.
- With a starting composition containing empty minicells, Vinblastine BODIPY® FL was loaded (incubation in 1 mg conjugate per ml solution) and was washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol, with the washing step repeated three times. The results of fluorescent imaging (
FIG. 1 ) revealed that all of the loaded minicells fluoresced bright red, indicating that Vinblastine BODIPY® FL had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm. In addition, Vinblastine BODIPY® FL molecules remained within the minicells despite the reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps. - This example demonstrates packaging into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles of a fluorescent conjugate of paclitaxel. Paclitaxel is a taxane that stabilizes microtubules and, as a result, interferes with the normal breakdown of microtubules during cell division. As a mitotic inhibitor paclitaxel is used in chemotherapy to treat lung, ovarian, and breast cancers, head and neck cancer, and advanced forms of Kaposi's sarcoma.
- The employed fluorescent taxane derivative FLUTAX-1 is a commercially available conjugate of paclitaxel with fluorescein via an acetylalanine linker. Conventionally, FLUTAX-1 is deemed therapeutically ineffective; hence, it is marketed as a research reagent only. For this example the conjugate was obtained from a commercial source, Tocris Biosciences (Bristol, UK).
- FLUTAX-1 (molecular weight: 1283.2 has well-defined fluorescent characteristics (excitation ˜495 nm, emission ˜520 nm; green fluorescence). The formal name of the derivative is 2aR,4S,4aS,6R,9S,11S,12S,12aR,12bS)-6,12b-Bis(acetyloxy)-9-[(2R,3S)-3-(benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropoxy]-12-(benzoyloxy)-2a,3,4,4a5,6,9,10,11,12,12a,12b-dodecahydro-11-hydroxy-4a,8,13,13-tetramethyl-5-oxo-7,11-methano-1H-cyclodeca[3,4]benz[1,2-b]oxet-4-yl ester N-[(3′,6′-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[isobenzofuran-1(3H),9′-[9H]xanthen]-5-yl)caronyl]-L-alanine. Its chemical structure is depicted below.
- Minicells in PBS, prepared as described above, were incubated with 200 μg/ml FLUTAX-1 solution in 1 ml and then were washed repeatedly, pursuant to the small-scale protocol.
- Fluorescent imaging (
FIG. 2 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green suggesting that FLUTAX-1 had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that a large number of FLUTAX-1 molecules remained encapsulated despite the reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps. The background appeared black in comparison to the FLUTAX-1 packaged minicells, evidencing little to no exterior FLUTAX-1. - The quantity of FLUTAX-1 packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, followed by HPLC analysis and comparison to a standard curve of FLUTAX-1 samples of known concentration. Minicell extraction was performed as described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra, for minicells packaged with doxorubicin. An HPLC method was developed for the quantification of FLUTAX-1. The HPLC method characteristics included (i) Mobile phase: acetonitrile: MilliQ dH2O, 50:50, isocratic elution for 12 minutes at
flow rate 2 ml/minute. (ii) Stationary phase: Metalchem 3u Taxsil, 100 mm×4.6 mm plus C18 cartridge. (iii) Column temperature: 40° C. (iv) Detection: (a) SPD-M10Avp diode array detector-228 nm (b) RF-10AXL fluorescence detector (Shimadzu)-Excitation 495 nm, emission 520 nm. (v) Injection volume: 50 μl. (vi) HPLC system: A Shimadzu SCL-10AVP system comprising SIL-10AVP auto-injector, LC-10Advp pump, DGU-14A degasser, CTO-10Avp column oven, RF-10AXL fluorescence detector and SPD-M10Avp diode array detector with Class-VP version 7.2.1 software (Shimadzu corporation, Kyoto, Japan). - FLUTAX-1 content obtained with these drug loading conditions was determined by HPLC to be 570 ng per 1×109 minicells (
FIG. 3 ). By use of Avogadmo's number this equates to ˜270,000 molecules of FLUTAX-1 packaged per minicell, a significant improvement upon paclitaxel packaging, with 127-fold more FLUTAX-1 molecules than paclitaxel molecules per minicell (see Example 9, infra). This is surprising as well because TF.Pac, the water-soluble derivative of paclitaxel, provided only 25-fold more molecules per minicell (see Example 10). The results indicate that the fluorescein fluorophore enhances FLUTAX-1 entry and retention in the minicell. - This example demonstrates that another fluorescent paclitaxel conjugate, Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 a/k/a “FLUTAX-2,” can be packaged into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles. For this derivative a fluorinated fluorescein moiety, Oregon Green-488, is conjugated to C7 of paclitaxel via a beta-alanine linker. The fluorinated fluorescein moiety confers fluorescence (excitation ˜495 nm, emission ˜525 nm; green fluorescence) as well as improved water solubility to the derivative molecule.
- The involved derivatization of paclitaxel yields a biologically inactive and hence therapeutically ineffective chemical entity, marketed only for research purposes. Paclitaxel Oregon Green-488 is commercially available, therefore, and for this example it was obtained from the Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific).
- The formal name of the derivative is L-alanine, N-[(2′,7′-difluoro-3′,′-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[isobenzofuran-1(3H),9′-[9H]xanthen]-5-yl)carbonyl]-(2aR,4S,4aS,6R9S,11S,12S,12aR,12bS)-6,12b-bis(acetyloxy)-12-(benzoyloxy)-9-[(2R,3S)-3-(benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropoxy]-2a3,4,4,5,6,9,10,11,12,12a,12b-dodecahydro-11-hydroxy. Its chemical structure is represented below.
- Minicells in PBS were prepared, loaded (100 μg/ml external loading concentration of conjugate solution), and washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol. Fluorescent imaging (
FIG. 4 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green indicating that Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that a large number of conjugate molecules had remained in the minicells even upon reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps. That the background appeared black in comparison to the loaded minicells evidenced little to no exterior Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488. - The quantity of Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 packaged within the minicells has to be determined indirectly, since disruption of loaded minicells resulted in this instance in a breaking down of the loaded compound as well, thwarting quantitation by HPLC analysis. Accordingly, the intensity of (green) fluorescence in minicells loaded with Paclitaxel Oregon® Green-488, was compared, via fluorescence microscopy, with the (red) autofluorescence visualized for minicells loaded with doxorubicin, which is stable under conditions of extraction and quantitation. See Example 6, infra, showing 800 ng doxorubicin packaged per 109 minicells. In relation to the fluorescence observed with doxorubicin, that is, the high intensity of fluorescence observed for minicells loaded with Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 indicated a similar concentration for the latter, i.e., ˜800 ng drug per 109 minicells. This value contrasted with the value, observed for paclitaxel-loaded minicells, of less than 10 ng drug per 109 minicells (Example 9, infra).
- This example demonstrates efficient packaging into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) derivative of paclitaxel, acronym “FCP.” The fluorescein group, identical to the one found in FLUTAX-1, is conjugated via a 5-oxo-5-((6-thioureidohexyl)amino)pentanoic acid linker, i.e., a relatively long linker domain, to the C2′ position rather than the C7 position on the paclitaxel molecule, as in FLUTAX-1 and Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488. Here, too, the fluorescein group confers fluorescence to the derivative molecule (excitation: 495 nm; emission: 519 nm) and, with the linker, increases its aqueous solubility.
- FCP is not biologically active and has been used to date for research purposes only. For this example FCP was obtained from IDT Australia Ltd. (Boronia, Victoria). Its chemical structure appears below.
- With a starting composition as described, minicells in PBS were prepared, were loaded via incubation with FCP solution (300 μg/ml), and were washed in accordance with the small-scale protocol. Fluorescent imaging (
FIG. 5 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green, indicating that FCP had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and that reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps left a large number of FCP molecules encapsulated in the minicells. There was little to no exterior FCP, as reflected in the black appearance of the background relative to the FCP-packaged vesicles. - The quantity of FCP packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, followed by HPLC analysis. Minicell extraction was performed and HPLC methodology was employed was as described for the quantification of FLUTAX-1, supra.
- The FCP content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified as 550 ng per 1×109 minicells (
FIG. 6 ). This equates to 230,000 molecules of FLCP packaged per minicell. This is a significant improvement upon paclitaxel packaging, with 109-fold more molecules per minicell, despite the fact that FCP is a larger molecule (formula weight 1455.6 versus 853.9). - The number of packaged FCP molecules is similar to that of FLUTAX-1 (˜270,000). FCP and FLUTAX-1 have the same fluorophore. Yet conjugation differs, C2′ (FCP) versus C7 (FLUTAX-1), while Paclitaxel Oregon Green®-488 shares the same C7 conjugation position as FLUTAX-1. Thus, the structure of the fluorescein fluorophore and not the point of conjugation to the molecule is shown to be critical for facilitating loading of the drug molecule into the minicell. Thus, the point of conjugation is shown to be non-critical to florescence-mediated enhancement of compound loading into intact, bacterially derived vesicles, according to the invention.
- This example demonstrates that the bacterial stain BacLight™ Green can be readily packaged in intact, bacterially derived vesicles. A green-fluorescent dye (absorption/emission ˜480/516 and ˜581/644 nm, respectively), BacLight™ Green is commercially available and was obtained for this example from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand. Its chemical structure is depicted below.
- BacLight™ Green solution was added to minicells in PBS buffer to a final concentration of 200 nM. Pursuant to the small-scale protocol the minicells were incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes and were subjected to a thrice-repeated washing step, as described above.
- Fluorescent imaging (
FIG. 7 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright green, indicating that BacLight™ Green had been loaded into the minicell. The appearance of a black background, relative to the BacLight™ Green-stained minicells, evidenced little to no exterior stain. - Minicells packaged with BacLight™ Green were analyzed by flow cytometry (Beckman Coulter FC500). Empty minicells and BacLight™ Green-packaged minicells were labeled with an anti-LPS alexa fluor 647 (AF647) antibody. Firstly, the minicells were analyzed using the FL4 channel to detect anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells. The minicell population was visualized in a dot plot using FL4 fluorescence versus forward scatter, and the population was gated to select anti-LPS AF647 stained minicells only, disregarding any debris.
- The gated population was analyzed on the FL1 channel, to detect BacLight™ Green fluorescence. The histogram (
FIG. 8 ) represents the BacLight™ Green-packaged minicells as a completely distinct population with a large shift in FL1 fluorescence when compared to empty minicells (log scale). This indicates that greater than 95% of the minicells are fluorescent due to efficient BacLight™ Green incorporation, and that they represent a single fluorescent population with a much greater FL1 fluorescence than that displayed by empty minicells. - This example demonstrates that an amphipathic, autofluorescent cytotoxin can be packaged efficiently into the cytoplasm of bacterially derived vesicles. Shown below is the anthracycline structure of the cytotoxin, doxorubicin. Used in cancer chemotherapy, doxorubicin is derived by chemical semisynthesis from Streptomyces bacteria and is available commercially.
- Pursuant to a large-scale process (loading in small scale plus multiple washing steps in large scale, sans centrifugation, with cross-flow filtration), minicells in PBS buffer were loaded with doxorubicin, and the loaded minicells were visualized via fluorescence microscopy (excitation 480 nm, emission 580 nm; red fluorescence). The imaging results (
FIG. 9 ) revealed that all of the minicells fluoresced bright red, with background that appeared black in comparison to the doxorubicin-packaged minicells. - The quantity of doxorubicin packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells, as described, followed by HPLC analysis. The HPLC method characteristics included (i) Mobile phase: 0.1 M ammonium formate pH 3.0: MilliQ H2O: acetonitrile. Gradient 0.2 minutes 28:72:0 to 28:42:30, isocratic 5 minutes, step to 28:72:0, isocratic 15 minutes at flow rate 1.25 ml/minute. (ii) Stationary phase: Waters XBridge Phenyl, 3.5 μm×4.6 mm×150 mm plus C18 cartridge. (iii) Column temperature: 40° C. (iv) Detection: Fluorescence—Excitation 480 nm, Emission 560 nm. (v) Injection volume: 10 μl. (vi) HPLC system: A Shimadzu 10AVP system comprising autosampler, solvent degasser, quaternary pump, column heater and fluorescence detector with Class-VP version 7.2.1 software (Shimadzu corporation, Kyoto, Japan).
- The content of doxorubicin obtained with these drug-loading conditions was determined with HPLC to be approximately 770 ng per 1×109 minicells, by comparison to a linear standard curve of doxorubicin samples of known quantity (
FIG. 10 ). This equates to about 800,000 molecules of doxorubicin loaded into each minicell. -
SYTO® 9 is a nucleic acid-binding bacterial stain that is green-fluorescent (excitation ˜485/6 nm, emission ˜498/501 nm). For this example it was obtained from Life Technologies (Thermo Fisher Scientific), Molecular Probes® brand. -
SYTO® 9 solution was added to minicells in PBS buffer to a final concentration of 20 μM. Pursuant to the small-scale protocol, the minicells were incubated for 30 minutes and were subject to a thrice-repeated washing step, as described previously. -
SYTO® 9 Green-packaged minicells were visualized using a fluorescence microscope, as described above, with the appropriate filter employed to permit visualization ofSYTO® 9 fluorescence. Fluorescent imaging (FIG. 11 ) revealed that theSYTO® 9 had been incorporated into the minicells, with little to no exterior stain. - Minicells loaded with
SYTO 9® were analyzed by flow cytometry (Beckman Coulter FC500). Empty minicells and SYTO® 9-stained minicells were labeled with an anti-LPS alexa fluor 647 (AF647) antibody. Firstly, the minicells were analyzed using the FL4 channel to detect anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells. The minicell population was visualized in a dot plot, using FL4 fluorescence versus forward scatter, and the population was gated to select anti-LPS AF647-stained minicells only, disregarding any debris. The gated population then was analyzed on the FL1 channel, to detectSYTO 9 fluorescence. - The histogram thus obtained (
FIG. 12 ) represents the SYTO 9-stained minicells as a distinct population, with a shift in FL1 fluorescence when compared to empty minicells (log scale). This indicates that the minicells are fluorescent due toSYTO 9 incorporation and that they represent a fluorescent population with a greater FL1 fluorescence than is shown by empty minicells. - This example demonstrates that the fluorescent dye 9-aminoacridine, as a hydrochloride hydrate compound, can be packaged into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles. The compound, 9-aminoacridine hydrochloride hydrate (9-AAHH), is available from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.) and has the structure shown below.
- Minicells in PBS (2.5×1010) loaded with 9-AAHH (incubation solution: 500 μg/ml) were prepared via the small-scale protocol and were subjected to fluorescence-microscopic visualization (
excitation 400 nm, emission 420 nm; blue fluorescence). Fluorescent imaging results (FIG. 13 ) indicated that 9-aminoacridine had been transferred into the minicell cytoplasm and had remained there, despite reversal of the concentration gradient throughout the washing steps. - This example demonstrates that the hydrophobic, non-fluorescent cytotoxic drug paclitaxel (see structure below) is loaded into the cytoplasm of intact, bacterially derived vesicles less efficiently than are fluorescent derivatives of paclitaxel.
- Minicells in PBS buffer were prepared according to the small-scale protocol. Thus, empty minicells (free endotoxin level ≦˜2 EU per 109 minicells) were added to a microfuge tube and centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes). The supernatant was discarded and the minicell pellet was thoroughly resuspended in 0.9 ml of PBS buffer adjusted to pH 3 (the lower pH was necessary to keep the highly hydrophobic paclitaxel in solution for at least 30 minutes). Ten to the minicell suspension were added 100 μl of 6 mg/ml paclitaxel (in 1:1 cremophor EL:EtOH), yielding an external paclitaxel concentration of 600 μg/ml. The minicells were incubated at 37° C. overnight with rotation. Excess paclitaxel solution and molecules attached non-specifically to minicell surfaces were washed by centrifugal washes. That is, post-incubation minicells were centrifuged (16,000 g, 10 minutes) and the paclitaxel loading supernatant was discarded. The paclitaxel-loaded minicells were washed by thoroughly, resuspending the pellet in 1 ml of PBS (pH 7.4), centrifuging the minicells (16,000 g, 10 minutes), and discarding the supernatant wash. The wash step was repeated three times. Finally, the paclitaxel-loaded minicells were resuspended in PBS (pH 7.4).
- The quantity of paclitaxel packaged within the minicells was determined as above, using HPLC analysis. A HPLC method developed for paclitaxel quantification had characteristics that included (i) Mobile phase: acetonitrile and MilliQ dH2O, isocratic 0.24 minutes 37:63, gradient elution for 5 minutes from 37:63 to 60:40 then mobile phase returned to original solvent composition 37:63 over 1 minute and maintained at this level to the end at a flow rate of 2 ml/minute (running
time 8 minutes); (ii) Stationary phase: Metalchem 3u Taxsil, 100 mm×4.6 mm plus C18 cartridge; (iii) Column temperature: 40° C.; (iv) Detection: SPD-M10Avp, diode array detector-228 nm; (v) Injection volume: 50 μl; and (vi) HPLC system: a Shimadzu SCL-10AVP system comprising SIL-10AVP auto-injector, LC-1Advp pump, DGU-14A degasser, CTO-10Avp column oven, SPD-M10Avp diode array detector with Class-VP version 7.2.1 software (Shimadzu Corp., Kyoto, Japan). - The paclitaxel content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified by HPLC as 3 ng per 1×109 minicells, by comparison to a linear standard curve of paclitaxel samples of known quantity (
FIG. 14 ). This equates to 2115 molecules of Paclitaxel encapsulated per minicell, or approximately 110-130-fold fewer than for FCP and FLUTAX-1, respectively. Additional approaches were employed in an attempt to load the minicells with greater quantities of paclitaxel. These included varying solvents, buffers, pH, use of cyclodextrin/Paclitaxel inclusion complexes, use of hydrotropes such as sodium salicylate and NN-diethylnicotinamide, and the use of membrane-destabilization methods, chemical (e.g., EDTA, CaCl2 treatment) and physical (such as sonoporation). All of the tested approaches yielded similar results, with paclitaxel-loading efficiency in the range of 0-10 ng per 1×109 minicells. - This example demonstrates that the loading efficiency of 2′-β-alanyl taxol formate or “TF.Pac” (see structure below), a water-soluble analog of paclitaxel, was only slightly increased compared to paclitaxel itself.
- TF.Pac has improved solubility due to a beta-alanyl formate salt conjugated to the C2′ of paclitaxel. Not available commercially, TF.Pac was synthesized in order to illuminate whether it is simply poor aqueous solubility that inhibits efficient loading of paclitaxel into intact, bacterially derived vesicles. Paclitaxel is soluble in water to 0.3 μg/ml while the solubility of TF.Pac is at least 2 mg/ml.
- Minicells in PBS buffer were loaded with TF.Pac (loading solution: 1 mg of compound per ml of distilled water 0.1% acetic acid) pursuant to the small-scale protocol.
- The quantity of TF.Pac thus packaged within the minicells was determined by extracting the drug from the minicells followed by HPLC analysis. Minicell extraction was performed as described above for minicells packaged with doxorubicin. The HPLC method used was identical to that developed for paclitaxel quantification.
- The average TF.Pac content obtained with these drug loading conditions was quantified by HPLC as 78 ng per 1×109 minicells (
FIG. 15 ), which equates to ˜50,000 molecules of TF.Pac packaged per minicell. The loading efficiency thus was somewhat greater than for paclitaxel but was ˜5.4-fold less than for FLUTAX-1. Numerous buffers were employed in an attempt to load minicells with greater quantities of TF.Pac; however, the efficiency obtained with the method described above was not exceeded. Accordingly, merely increasing aqueous solubility of a chemical compound is not a driver of enhanced loading into intact, bacterially derived vesicles. - This example determines whether a fluorescent compound loads less effectively into intact, bacterially derived vesicles when its fluorescence is quenched. In this instance the compound was the autofluorescent drug doxorubicin (Dox) and the quencher was folic acid (FA). See Husseini, Adv. Sci. Lett. 7: 726 (2012) (FA quenches Dox fluorescence).
- Doxorubicin in PBS (100 μg/ml) was mixed with various concentrations of FA, namely, 0 μg/ml, 50 μg/ml, and 400 μg/ml. The solutions were incubated at room temperature overnight and then were filtered through a 0.1 μm filter, to sterilize the solutions and to remove any particulates.
- On the following day the fluorescence of an aliquot of each solution was measured with a fluorescence plate reader (excitation wavelength: 485 nm, emission wavelengths: 590 nm and 620 nm). Concomitantly, minicells were washed with PBS buffer and then were loaded with one or another of each of the Dox+FA solutions, previously prepared at a density of 2.5×1010 minicells/ml, in a volume between about 1 ml to 2 mls. Samples (500 μl) were taken from each of the treatment groups at the time points of 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, and overnight.
- For each time point the minicells were subjected to the following small-scale protocol:
- 1. Centrifuged minicells—16,000 g for 7 minutes.
- 2. Discarded supernatant (SN) and resuspended pellet in 1 ml of PBS buffer (pH 7.4).
- 3. Centrifuged minicells—16,000 g for 7 minutes.
- 4. Discarded SN and resuspended pellet in 0.5 ml of PBS buffer.
- 5. Passed minicell suspension through a 0.8 μm filter.
- 6. Washed the filter with a further 0.5 ml of PBS and combined with minicells.
- 7. Centrifuged minicells—16,000 g for 7 minutes.
- 8. Discarded SN and resuspended pellet in 1 ml of PBS buffer.
- 9. Centrifuged minicells—16,000 g for 7 minutes.
- 10. Discarded SN and resuspended pellet in 1 ml of PBS buffer.
- 11. Centrifuged minicells—16,000 g for 7 minutes.
- 12. Discarded SN and finally resuspended pellet in 350 μl of PBS buffer.
-
- a. 20 μl minicells aliquotted for minicell quantitation using Nanosight technology for nanoparticle tracking analysis (Malvern Instruments, UK).
- b. 40 μl of minicells pelleted for extraction and HPLC analysis (15 minutes at 16,000 g, SN discarded and pellet stored at −20° C.).
- Doxorubicin-loaded minicells appeared pink-red as a centrifuged pellet. On the basis of relative color intensity, assessed through ocular inspection, it was apparent that minicells loaded in the presence of 400 μg/ml folic acid contained significantly less doxorubicin than those loaded in the absence of folic acid, after completion of the washing steps at each of the time points.
- Somewhat less loading was observed as well in the 50 μg/ml-folic acid samples, compared to 0 μg/ml folic acid.
-
TABLE 2 Results of fluorescence readings of doxorubicin loading solutions % Fluorescence μg/ml Em Em FA λ590 nm λ620 nm 0 100% 100% 50 93% 94% 400 61% 59% - It was observed that 50 μg/ml and 400 μg/ml folic acid quenched the fluorescence of 100 μg/ml Dox solutions to varying degrees (
FIG. 16 ). This held true when the solution was excited at 485 nm and the emission was measured at either 590 nm or 620 nm. Doxorubicin quenching was more evident using 400 μg/ml of folic acid, with ˜40% of the doxorubicin fluorescence emission signal lost, while only 6-7% of the doxorubicin emission fluorescence was lost using the lower concentration of 50 μg/ml folic acid. - In addition to using HPLC to determine Dox content for each of the minicell samples, a colorimetric assay was employed to measure doxorubicin content, since this measure is independent of Dox fluorescence.
- A standard curve of free doxorubicin was generated. Absorbance of doxorubicin in PBS, at various concentrations in duplicate, was measured via biophotometer at 490 nm.
- A linear regression was performed on the averaged data, which generated the equation y=0.019x, where y is absorbance (Abs490nm) and x is μg/ml of doxorubicin (
FIG. 17 ). For the minicellDox samples measured, therefore, -
μg/ml doxorubincin=Abs490nm/0.019 - Minicells from each minicellDox sample were made up to 200 μl with PBS buffer (pH7.4) in cuvettes, per the table above. A ‘blank’ sample containing empty minicells also was made up in 200 μl of PBS (pH7.4) in a cuvette. The absorbance of the blank minicell sample and all of the minicellDox samples was measured at 490 nm.
-
TABLE 3 Results of colorimetric assay of minicellDox samples minus μg/ml ng of Dox per Sample Abs490 blank Dox 109 EDVs empty EDVs (blank) 0.472 n/a n/a n/a 30 mins 0FA 0.596 0.124 6.5 435 50FA 0.533 0.061 3.2 214 400FA 0.476 0.004 0.2 14 1 hr 0FA 0.525 0.053 2.8 186 50FA 0.529 0.057 3.0 200 400FA 0.447 −0.025 −1.3 −88 2 hrs 0FA 0.576 0.104 5.5 365 50FA 0.649 0.177 9.3 621 400FA 0.588 0.116 6.1 407 4 hrs 0FA 0.641 0.169 8.9 593 50FA 0.592 0.12 6.3 421 400FA 0.5 0.028 1.5 98 6 hrs 0FA 0.554 0.082 4.3 288 50FA 0.548 0.076 4.0 267 400FA 0.499 0.027 1.4 95 overnight 0FA 0.735 0.263 13.8 923 50FA 0.68 0.208 10.9 730 400FA 0.567 0.095 5.0 333 - The results are presented in Table 3, above. Most samples were too close to the blank absorbance of 0.472 (i.e., they were within the biophotometer error of 0.1) to be useful. The sensitivity of this colorimetric assay was too low for the majority of samples, and the measurements from most time points therefore fluctuated. See
FIG. 18 . - The minicell pellets were processed for analysis by HPLC as described by MacDiarmid et al. (2007), supra. Dox in each sample was quantitated using both UV250nm detection and relative fluorescence (RF) detection.
- The HPLC quantification from UV250nm readings are presented in
FIG. 19 , and HPLC quantification from relative fluorescence (RF) readings are shown inFIG. 20 . The increasing amounts of folic acid present in the loading solution were observed to affect adversely the loading of doxorubicin into minicells. The higher the external concentration of folic acid, the lower was the concentration of doxorubicin loaded into intact minicells. - This example illustrates enhanced loading into intact, bacterially derived vesicles of mitoxantrone dihydrochloride (MTX), an intrinsically fluorescent cytotoxic drug also known as “Mitozantrone.” An anthracenedione anti-neoplastic agent, MTX acts as a type II topoisomerase inhibitor and has been used to treat cancers such as metastatic breast cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
- Mitoxantrone was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.). Empty, intact minicells were prepared (3.2×1010/ml) as described above. Centricon® columns (0.65 μm) were obtained from Millipore (Billerica, Mass.), sterile PBS (pH 7.4) from Sigma-Aldrich, and injectable saline from Livingstone Int'l (Rosebery, NSW).
- A 2 mg/ml stock solution of MTX was prepared in saline and was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter. (Mitoxantmone is soluble in water to approximately 5-7.5 mg/ml.) The resultant solution was stored at 4° C. and protected from light.
- The small-scale protocol was adapted for use in this example. Thus, in separate tubes minicells were provided in 781 μl aliquots (2.5×1010 final). The tubes were spun at 13,200 rpm for 8 minutes on a benchtop Eppendorf centrifuge. The supernatant was removed; pellets were resuspended in 1 ml of PBS buffer (pH 7.4) and then were spun again. The pellets thus obtained were resuspended in 850 μl of PBS buffer.
- A volume (150 μl) of MTX (2 mg/ml stock) was added to each minicell suspension to give a final loading solution of 300 μg/ml (external concentration). With mixing on a rotator, the samples were incubated at 37° C. for 2 hours, for 4 hours, or for overnight (about 12 hours).
- Following the incubation minicells were spun at 13,200 rpm for 8 minutes, and the supernatant was discarded. The pellets were washed with 1 ml of PBS (pH 7.4) and were centrifuged as above. The supernatant was discarded.
- The pellets were resuspended in 0.5 ml of PBS (pH 7.4) and were incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature with rotation. After incubation each sample was applied to a 0.65 μm Centricon® column and was spun at 200 g for 1 minute or until the entire sample flowed through. The flow-through was collected into a fresh tube. A fresh lot of 0.5 ml PBS (pH 7.4) was applied to the same filter and was spun, and the flow-through was added to the original 0.5 ml sample.
- The samples were centrifuged at 13,200 rpm for 8 minutes, and the supernatant was discarded. Each sample then was resuspended in 350 μl of PBS (pH 7.4).
- Minicell sample counts were performed, with 10 μl minicells in 990 μl PBS (pH 7.4), using the LM20 nanoparticle analysis system, a product of NanoSight Ltd (Amesbury, Wiltshire, UK). The results were as follows:
- 2 hour: 6.24×1010/ml
- 4 hour: 5.77×1010/ml
- Overnight: 5.93×1010/ml
- Lots of each sample (20 μl) were spun at 13,200 rpm for 8 minutes and supernatant was removed, followed by HPLC analysis for MTX content in minicell samples.
- Via HPLC the amount of MTX loaded into minicells in each sample was measured as the peak area at 251 nm (injection volume: 50 μl). For pairs of duplicate samples (1,2: 2-hour loading; 3,4: 4-hour loading; and 5,6: overnight loading) the results are shown below, including MTX content per sample and the amount of MTX per 109 minicells.
-
TABLE 4 MTX content MTXcontent Area per sample per 109 minicells Sample (254 nm) (μg) (μg) 1 59644 0.563 0.452 2 60080 0.568 0.455 3 58718 0.555 0.481 4 59241 0.560 0.485 5 74435 0.703 0.593 6 66313 0.626 0.528 - For
5 and 6, with loading overnight, 109 minicells were loaded on average with about 0.56 g of MTX. This means that each minicell contained about 759,000 MTX molecules, based on a molecular weight of about 444 for the drug, per The Merck Index Online (2014).samples - The concentrations of MTX inside minicells were surprisingly high, comparable to those of doxorubicin, which like MTX is intrinsically fluorescent. See Consoli et al., Leukemia 11: 2066-74 (1997), and Bell, Biochim Biophys Acta 949: 132-37 (1988) (maximum excitation and emission for MTX at around 610 nm and 685 nm, respectively). See also Smith et al., Cancer Res. 52: 4000-08 (1992) (low red fluorescence at 514 nm). Thus, the high loading efficiency of MTX, which is slightly smaller than doxorubicin, is believed to be a function of its fluorescence.
- This example shows that the presence of ions heightens the fluorescence-mediated enhancement of vesicle loading evidenced by the initial examples. Accordingly, ions from salt disassociation in the vesicle medium are thought to interact with channels in the intact membrane of bacterially derived vesicles (here, minicells) so as to potentiate the above-discussed effect, on movement of a fluorescent compound through the transmembrane channels, of energy transfer between the compound and molecules in or lining the channels.
- In keeping with the small-scale protocol, minicells (2.5×1010 per tube) were washed once with 1 ml of PBS (pH7.4) and were centrifuged (16,000 g, 7 minutes), and the supernatant was discarded. In 15% ethanol, 85% PBS (pH 7.4), washed minicells were loaded with 100 μg/ml FLUTAX-1 (Tocris Biosciences), either with or without 200 mM KCl (Sigma-Aldrich).
- The tubes were rotated at 37° C. One tube from each treatment was removed for washing at each of 15 minutes, 45 minutes, 2 hours and 5 hours. Each treatment was washed three times to remove the reagents and retain the minicells.
- FLUTAX-1 levels were measured via HPLC in the manner described above. Thus, measurements (UV 228 nm) were compared to a standard curve of known FLUTAX-1 amounts and were extrapolated to yield the FLUTAX-1 quantity within 1×109 minicells.
- As
FIG. 21 depicts, the results show that inclusion of 200 mM KCl in the loading solution dramatically enhanced the loading of FLUTAX-1 into intact minicells. That is, the higher salt concentration was associated with more than a doubling of the quantity of fluorescent drug loaded into the minicells. Indeed, the effect was evident after as little as 15 minutes of minicell/drug co-incubation. - To illuminate whether other ionic salts have this effect, the loading of FLUTAX-1 into minicells was tested in the presence of equimolar amounts of different salts; and loading was measured by HPLC as before. Thus, minicells (2.5×1010 per tube) were washed once with 1 ml of PBS (pH7.4) and were centrifuged (16,000 g, 7 minutes), and the supernatant was discarded. Washed minicells were loaded with 100 μg/ml of FLUTAX-1 in 15% ethanol, 85% PBS (pH 7.4), either with or without 200 mM of KCl, NaCl, or KBr. The tubes were rotated at 37° C. One tube from each condition was removed for washing at each of 15 minutes and 1 hour. Each treatment was washed three times as described above.
- Minicells were lysed and extracted, as described above, and lysates were run under HPLC conditions for measuring FLUTAX-1 levels. Measurements (UV 228 nm) were compared to a curve of known FLUTAX-1 amounts and were extrapolated to obtain the quantity of FLUTAX-1 in 1×109 minicells.
- The results are shown in
FIG. 21 . At 200 mM each of the tested salts dramatically enhanced loading of the fluorescent drug into minicells, with improvement evident at both the 15-minute and the 1-hour time points. The bar chart inFIG. 22 represents the combined data from the 15-minute time point. The same treatments performed in each experiment (e.g., no salt versus 200 mM KCl) provided highly consistent duplicate data. - Each of the salts KCl, NaCl, and KBr increased the efficiency of loading a fluorescent drug into intact, bacterially derived vesicles, here by approximately 2-fold at 15 minutes. Loading was in effect completed within about 4 hours of incubation. These observations underscore that the loading of a fluorescent compound into intact vesicles is enhanced by co-incubating the vesicles and fluorescent compound with positive and/or negative ions added to the external environment. By contrast, there is no such impact of ions on loading of an otherwise similar but non-fluorescent compound.
- This ionic effect was found to be influenced by the temperature of co-incubation. For instance, when intact, bacterially derived minicells in HEPES saline buffer (pH 6.8) were prepared and drug-loaded via co-incubation with doxorubicin, essentially as described above, at room temperature (˜22° C.) and at ˜37° C., respectively, the results from HPLC-based quantification of intra-vesicle doxorubicin levels at different time points were as follows:
-
TABLE 5 ng Dox per 109 EDVs Timepoint (hrs) 37° C. RT 0 0 0 2 1910 684 4 2281 1009 6 1846 1215 8 1886 846 24 2957 1466 - A graphical representation of these data (
FIG. 23 ) shows that the amount of fluorescent compound loaded into the minicells was over 100% greater when co-incubation occurred at about 37° C. than at room temperature. (Membrane degradation renders infeasible any co-incubation temperature much higher than about 37° C.) - This example contrasts the small-scale protocol, discussed above in relation to MacDiarmid et al. (2007), with the large-scale process of the present invention. As the example demonstrates, the inventive process afforded surprisingly better consistency and purity for compositions containing intact, bacterially derived vesicles. This is because a large-scale method of the invention significantly reduces not only the endotoxin levels but also the payload compound entrapped outside the vesicle.
- Intact minicells were prepared and loaded with doxorubicin essentially in accordance with the methodology of MacDiarmid et al. (2007), except that the minicells did not carry any targeting bispecific ligands and, hence, would not be taken up by a targeted host cell. Upon overnight incubation with the drug (about 1 ml/mg) at 37° C. with rotation, the loaded minicells were subjected five times to a washing step that entailed centrifugation (13,200 rpm, 10 minutes) and resuspension of the resultant pellet in 1 ml BSG buffer (pH 7.4).
- The washed, doxorubicin-loaded minicells (1×108) then were incubated with estrogen receptor-negative MDA-MB-468 human breast cancer cells (104 cells per well) in Gibco RPMI-1640 tissue culture medium (in 0.5 ml per well) supplemented with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum, 2 mM L-glutamine, and 100 U/ml of both penicillin G and streptomycin.
- The cells were monitored subsequently every 24 hours via confocal microscopy. Within two days the cancer cells displayed red fluorescence in their nuclei, indicative of doxorubicin entry, even though the loaded minicells had not been targeted for uptake by the cells. Thus, the small-scale protocol resulted in the trapping on the minicell surfaces of extraneous doxorubicin, which leached into the tissue culture medium and entered the cancer cells.
- Five batches were prepared independently of minicells that packaged doxorubicin and were targeted with a bispecific ligand that bound EGFR (see MacDiarmid et al. (2007) at page 443, second paragraph under “Experimental Procedures”). In accordance with the large-scale process, the doxorubicin-loaded and EGFR-targeted minicells were subjected to five successive washings with PBS buffer, about 20 liters per washing, over large cross-flow filters.
- For each batch of minicells the doxorubicin concentration was determined, as described above, and the level of free endotoxin was measured via a standard LAL assay. See, e.g., Dawson, LAL Update, Vol. 22, No. 3 (October 2005). The results are tabulated below.
-
TABLE 6 EGFRMinicellDox Dox Concentration Free Endotoxin Level Batch (per 1 × 109 minicells) (EU per 1 × 109 minicells) 1 612 ng 2.25 EU 2 688 ng 2.05 EU 3 764 ng 2.7 EU 4 639 ng 5.55 EU 5 659 ng 2.4 EU Mean value 672 ng 2.99 EU Standard deviation 58 ng 1.45 EU - As these results show, the large-scale process provided an average doxorubicin concentration for loaded minicells of about 672 ng±58 ng per 1×109 minicells. A substantially improved purity achieved with the large-scale process is evidenced by an average free endotoxin level of 2.99 EU±1.45 EU per 1×109 minicells.
- While certain embodiments have been illustrated and described, it should be understood that changes and modifications can be made therein in accordance with ordinary skill in the art without departing from the technology in its broader aspects as defined in the following claims.
- The embodiments illustratively described above may suitably be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations not specifically disclosed. For example, the terms “comprising,” “including,” “containing,” etc. should be read expansively and without limitation. Additionally, the terms and expressions employed here have been used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the claimed technology. Additionally, the phrase “consisting essentially of” will be understood to include those elements specifically recited and those additional elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed technology. The phrase “consisting of” excludes any element not specified.
- The present disclosure is not to be limited in terms of the particular embodiments described in this specification. Many modifications and variations can be made without departing from its spirit and scope, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Functionally equivalent methods and compositions within the scope of the disclosure, in addition to those enumerated herein, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing descriptions. Such modifications and variations are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. The present disclosure is to be limited only by the terms of the appended claims, along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled. It is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to particular methods, reagents, compounds compositions or biological systems, which can of course vary. It is to be understood as well that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
- In addition, where features or aspects of the disclosure are described in terms of Markush groups, those skilled in the art will recognize that the disclosure is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group.
- As will be understood by one skilled in the art, for any and all purposes, particularly in terms of providing a written description, all ranges disclosed herein also encompass any and all possible subranges and combinations of subranges thereof. Any listed range can be easily recognized as sufficiently describing and enabling the same range being broken down into at least equal halves, thirds, quarters, fifths, tenths, etc. As a non-limiting example, each range discussed herein can be readily broken down into a lower third, middle third and upper third, etc. As will also be understood by one skilled in the art all language such as “up to,” “at least,” “greater than,” “less than,” and the like, include the number recited and refer to ranges which can be subsequently broken down into subranges as discussed above. Finally, as will be understood by one skilled in the art, a range includes each individual member.
- All publications, patent applications, issued patents, and other documents referred to in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication, patent application, issued patent, or other document specifically and individually were indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. Definitions that are contained in text incorporated by reference are excluded to the extent that they contradict definitions in this disclosure.
- Other embodiments are set forth in the claims that follow.
Claims (25)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/873,776 US10328159B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2015-10-02 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
| US16/362,562 US11052157B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2019-03-22 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201462059466P | 2014-10-03 | 2014-10-03 | |
| US14/873,776 US10328159B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2015-10-02 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/362,562 Division US11052157B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2019-03-22 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20160095941A1 true US20160095941A1 (en) | 2016-04-07 |
| US10328159B2 US10328159B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 |
Family
ID=55629513
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/873,776 Active 2036-05-31 US10328159B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2015-10-02 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
| US16/362,562 Active US11052157B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2019-03-22 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/362,562 Active US11052157B2 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2019-03-22 | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Country Status (9)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US10328159B2 (en) |
| EP (2) | EP3200765A4 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP7029957B2 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN106999444B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2015326407C1 (en) |
| CA (2) | CA3211718A1 (en) |
| SG (1) | SG11201702627UA (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI781904B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2016051389A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10130712B2 (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2018-11-20 | Industry Foundation Of Chonnam National University | Corynebacterium sp. bacteria and minicell derived therefrom, and use thereof |
| US10399964B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2019-09-03 | The University Of Kansas | Coumarin-linked taxanes for detection and circumvention of cellular efflux |
| US12109243B2 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2024-10-08 | Evelo Biosciences, Inc. | Bacterial extracellular vesicles |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA3211718A1 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2016-04-07 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20040138168A1 (en) * | 1999-04-21 | 2004-07-15 | Wyeth | Methods and compositions for inhibiting the function of polynucleotide sequences |
| WO2004082689A1 (en) * | 2003-03-18 | 2004-09-30 | Pharmacia Italia Spa | Combined therapy comprising nemorubicin and a cyclooxygenase-2-inhibitor |
| US20050239217A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2005-10-27 | Applera Corporation | Fluorogenic homogeneous binding assay methods and compositions |
| US20090253651A1 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2009-10-08 | Eurand Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Drug delivery system based on regioselectively amidated hyaluronic acid |
Family Cites Families (38)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR901464A (en) | 1943-01-23 | 1945-07-27 | Boehringer & Soehne Gmbh | Process for obtaining vanillin |
| US5281710A (en) | 1990-08-01 | 1994-01-25 | The Scripps Research Institute | Dynemicin analogs: synthesis, methods of preparation and use |
| FI101678B (en) | 1990-12-31 | 1998-08-14 | Akzo Nv | Acid labile molecules |
| GB2315067B (en) | 1996-07-11 | 2000-02-16 | Pharmacia Spa | Morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives |
| US9107949B2 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2015-08-18 | The University Of Akron | Method for using naturally occurring gas vesicles as ultrasound contrast agent |
| CA2372782A1 (en) | 1999-05-11 | 2000-11-16 | Wing Cheung | Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic modeling of erythropoietin administration |
| US6521431B1 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2003-02-18 | Access Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biodegradable cross-linkers having a polyacid connected to reactive groups for cross-linking polymer filaments |
| AU2005203401A1 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2006-02-16 | Gerhart Graupner | Targeting bioactive materials via somatostatin receptors |
| US20030194798A1 (en) | 2001-05-24 | 2003-10-16 | Surber Mark W. | Minicell compositions and methods |
| AU2002347426B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2007-05-10 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Intact minicells as vectors for DNA transfer and gene therapy in vitro and in vivo |
| CN1313622C (en) * | 2002-08-02 | 2007-05-02 | 赵翀 | High-flux cell biological chip testing technology and reagent case |
| US7611885B2 (en) | 2003-06-24 | 2009-11-03 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty, Ltd. | Pharmaceutically compatible method for purifying intact bacterial minicells |
| AU2004264857B2 (en) | 2003-07-09 | 2010-06-10 | Sutter West Bay Hospitals | Remote detection of substance delivery to cells |
| GB0316560D0 (en) * | 2003-07-15 | 2003-08-20 | Chiron Srl | Vesicle filtration |
| PL1694361T3 (en) | 2003-12-09 | 2011-08-31 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Targeted gene delivery to non-phagocytic mammalian cells via bacterially derived intact minicells |
| SG169373A1 (en) * | 2004-02-02 | 2011-03-30 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Compositions and methods for targeted in vitro and in vivo drug delivery to mammalian cells via bacterially derived intact minicells |
| WO2006002895A2 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-12 | Novartis Ag | Conjugates of antibody and duoarmycin derivatives as antitumor agents |
| EP2386640B1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2015-01-28 | EnGeneIC Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Delivering functional nucleic acids to mammalian cells via bacterially-derived, intact minicells |
| PL1877099T3 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2013-02-28 | Genzyme Corp | Therapeutic conjugates comprising a lysosomal enzyme, polysialic acid and a targeting moiety |
| CA2658058C (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2016-08-23 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd. | Targeted delivery of drugs, therapeutic nucleic acids and functional nucleic acids to mammalian cells via intact killed bacterial cells |
| KR101444274B1 (en) * | 2006-10-19 | 2014-09-26 | 나노캬리아 가부시키가이샤 | Block copolymers and pharmaceutical compositions for pharmaceutical complexes |
| ES2626179T3 (en) * | 2007-03-30 | 2017-07-24 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Intact bacterial mini cells that contain regulatory RNA |
| CA2730737A1 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | Novartis Ag | Immunogenic amphipathic peptide compositions |
| WO2011027222A2 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2011-03-10 | Novartis Ag | Immunogenic compositions including tlr activity modulators |
| BR112013006861A2 (en) | 2010-09-21 | 2019-07-02 | Cristal Delivery B V | binder for use in a drug release system, compound comprising a binder, use of a compound, controlled release system and method for preparing a controlled release system |
| JP5889912B2 (en) | 2010-11-17 | 2016-03-22 | ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド | Alaninyl maytansinol antibody conjugate |
| CA2818713C (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2019-03-26 | Nerviano Medical Sciences S.R.L. | Process for the preparation of morpholinyl anthracycline derivatives |
| US20130071482A1 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2013-03-21 | The University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Block copolymer cross-linked nanoassemblies as modular delivery vehicles |
| WO2013048734A1 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2013-04-04 | Tufts Medical Center, Inc. | Treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease with cell derived lipid vesicles, microvesicles and exosomes |
| SG11201403062YA (en) * | 2011-12-13 | 2014-07-30 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Bacterially derived, intact minicells for delivery of therapeutic agents to brain tumors |
| EP2708243A1 (en) * | 2012-09-17 | 2014-03-19 | OntoChem GmbH | Receptor ligand linked cytotoxic molecules |
| WO2014122232A1 (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2014-08-14 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising vesicles |
| SG11201602429QA (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2016-04-28 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Combination tumor treatment with drug-loaded, bispecific ligand-targeted minicells and interferon-gamma |
| JP5704222B1 (en) | 2013-11-27 | 2015-04-22 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Fiber reinforced composite material |
| CA3211718A1 (en) | 2014-10-03 | 2016-04-07 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds |
| JP7213798B2 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2023-01-27 | エンジーンアイシー モレキュラー デリバリー ピーティーワイ リミテッド | Bacterial minicells and methods of use thereof for delivering nucleic acid adjuvants |
| WO2020021437A1 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-01-30 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Compositions comprising bacterially derived minicells and methods of using the same |
| AU2020205040A1 (en) | 2019-01-04 | 2021-08-12 | Engeneic Molecular Delivery Pty Ltd | Encapsulated glycolipid antigens for treatment of neoplastic diseases |
-
2015
- 2015-10-02 CA CA3211718A patent/CA3211718A1/en active Pending
- 2015-10-02 US US14/873,776 patent/US10328159B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-02 CN CN201580065821.6A patent/CN106999444B/en active Active
- 2015-10-02 WO PCT/IB2015/057558 patent/WO2016051389A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2015-10-02 EP EP15846818.1A patent/EP3200765A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2015-10-02 JP JP2017517692A patent/JP7029957B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-02 AU AU2015326407A patent/AU2015326407C1/en active Active
- 2015-10-02 TW TW104132594A patent/TWI781904B/en active
- 2015-10-02 SG SG11201702627UA patent/SG11201702627UA/en unknown
- 2015-10-02 EP EP25170372.4A patent/EP4559528A3/en active Pending
- 2015-10-02 CA CA2963218A patent/CA2963218C/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-03-22 US US16/362,562 patent/US11052157B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20040138168A1 (en) * | 1999-04-21 | 2004-07-15 | Wyeth | Methods and compositions for inhibiting the function of polynucleotide sequences |
| WO2004082689A1 (en) * | 2003-03-18 | 2004-09-30 | Pharmacia Italia Spa | Combined therapy comprising nemorubicin and a cyclooxygenase-2-inhibitor |
| US20050239217A1 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2005-10-27 | Applera Corporation | Fluorogenic homogeneous binding assay methods and compositions |
| US20090253651A1 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2009-10-08 | Eurand Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Drug delivery system based on regioselectively amidated hyaluronic acid |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10130712B2 (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2018-11-20 | Industry Foundation Of Chonnam National University | Corynebacterium sp. bacteria and minicell derived therefrom, and use thereof |
| US10399964B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2019-09-03 | The University Of Kansas | Coumarin-linked taxanes for detection and circumvention of cellular efflux |
| US12109243B2 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2024-10-08 | Evelo Biosciences, Inc. | Bacterial extracellular vesicles |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| SG11201702627UA (en) | 2017-04-27 |
| US20190216946A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 |
| AU2015326407A1 (en) | 2017-04-20 |
| CN106999444A (en) | 2017-08-01 |
| CA3211718A1 (en) | 2016-04-07 |
| AU2015326407C1 (en) | 2021-06-24 |
| CA2963218C (en) | 2023-10-24 |
| TWI781904B (en) | 2022-11-01 |
| CN106999444B (en) | 2023-12-12 |
| JP7029957B2 (en) | 2022-03-04 |
| EP4559528A3 (en) | 2025-08-27 |
| US10328159B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 |
| EP3200765A4 (en) | 2018-05-30 |
| CA2963218A1 (en) | 2016-04-07 |
| WO2016051389A1 (en) | 2016-04-07 |
| EP4559528A2 (en) | 2025-05-28 |
| AU2015326407B2 (en) | 2021-03-18 |
| US11052157B2 (en) | 2021-07-06 |
| TW201628606A (en) | 2016-08-16 |
| EP3200765A1 (en) | 2017-08-09 |
| JP2017530152A (en) | 2017-10-12 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11052157B2 (en) | Enhanced loading of intact, bacterially derived vesicles with small molecule compounds | |
| Srinivasarao et al. | Ligand-targeted drug delivery | |
| Weng et al. | Antibody–exatecan conjugates with a novel self-immolative moiety overcome resistance in colon and lung cancer | |
| Sung et al. | Caveolae-mediated endocytosis as a novel mechanism of resistance to trastuzumab emtansine (T-DM1) | |
| Roncato et al. | Improvement and extension of anti-EGFR targeting in breast cancer therapy by integration with the Avidin-Nucleic-Acid-Nano-Assemblies | |
| Ellipilli et al. | Ligand-displaying-exosomes using RNA nanotechnology for targeted delivery of multi-specific drugs for liver cancer regression | |
| Arumov et al. | Optimized doxorubicin chemotherapy for diffuse large B-cell lymphoma exploits nanocarrier delivery to transferrin receptors | |
| Gholizadeh et al. | Anti-GD2 immunoliposomes for targeted delivery of the survivin inhibitor sepantronium bromide (YM155) to neuroblastoma tumor cells | |
| Gupta et al. | Vitamin B 12-mediated transport: a potential tool for tumor targeting of antineoplastic drugs and imaging agents | |
| EP3052122B1 (en) | Combination tumor treatment with drug-loaded, bispecific ligand-targeted minicells and interferon-gamma | |
| Liu et al. | Overcoming the blood–brain barrier by using a multistage exosome delivery system to inhibit central nervous system lymphoma | |
| Vartak et al. | Cetuximab-based PROteolysis targeting chimera for effectual downregulation of NSCLC with varied EGFR mutations | |
| Saha et al. | Antibody nanoparticle conjugate–based targeted immunotherapy for non–small cell lung cancer | |
| Pan et al. | An antibody‐drug conjugate targeting a GSTA glycosite‐signature epitope of MUC1 expressed by non‐small cell lung cancer | |
| George et al. | Treatment of acute myeloid leukemia models by targeting a cell surface RNA-binding protein | |
| Shramova et al. | Barnase* Barstar-guided two-step targeting approach for drug delivery to tumor cells in vivo | |
| Zheng et al. | Immune modulating nanoparticles depleting tumor-associated macrophages to enhance immune checkpoint blockade therapy | |
| Tsuboi et al. | In Vitro and In Vivo Fluorescence Imaging of Antibody–Drug Conjugate-Induced Tumor Apoptosis Using Annexin V–EGFP Conjugated Quantum Dots | |
| Nagai et al. | Unveiling the intra-tumor fate of trastuzumab deruxtecan in a xenograft model to support its mechanism of action | |
| Li et al. | Leveraging chemotherapy-induced PD-L1 upregulation to potentiate targeted PD-L1 degradation using nanoparticle-based targeting chimeras | |
| Li et al. | Selection of trophoblast cell surface antigen 2-targeted aptamer for the development of cytotoxic aptamer-drug conjugate | |
| Cilingir et al. | Cell-nucleus Targeted Peptide Tethered Quadruple Carbon Dots for Treatment of High-grade Gliomas | |
| JP7587583B2 (en) | Novel immunostimulants and their use in immunotherapy | |
| McCray et al. | Bronchioalveolar organoids: A preclinical tool to screen toxicity associated with antibody-drug conjugates | |
| Søgaard et al. | Artificial Internalizing Receptors: Intracellular Delivery of Cargo Through Bio‐Orthogonal Recognition |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ENGENEIC MOLECULAR DELIVERY PTY LTD., AUSTRALIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BRAHMBHATT, HIMANSHU;MACDIARMID, JENNIFER;REEL/FRAME:037004/0819 Effective date: 20151007 |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED |
|
| STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
| MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YR, SMALL ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M2551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |